URL
https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc_2011-10-31/openrisc_2011-10-31/trunk
Subversion Repositories openrisc_2011-10-31
[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-src/] [gcc-4.5.1/] [gcc/] [config/] [alpha/] [alpha.c] - Rev 438
Go to most recent revision | Compare with Previous | Blame | View Log
/* Subroutines used for code generation on the DEC Alpha. Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Richard Kenner (kenner@vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu) This file is part of GCC. GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version. GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include "config.h" #include "system.h" #include "coretypes.h" #include "tm.h" #include "rtl.h" #include "tree.h" #include "regs.h" #include "hard-reg-set.h" #include "real.h" #include "insn-config.h" #include "conditions.h" #include "output.h" #include "insn-attr.h" #include "flags.h" #include "recog.h" #include "expr.h" #include "optabs.h" #include "reload.h" #include "obstack.h" #include "except.h" #include "function.h" #include "toplev.h" #include "ggc.h" #include "integrate.h" #include "tm_p.h" #include "target.h" #include "target-def.h" #include "debug.h" #include "langhooks.h" #include <splay-tree.h> #include "cfglayout.h" #include "gimple.h" #include "tree-flow.h" #include "tree-stdarg.h" #include "tm-constrs.h" #include "df.h" #include "libfuncs.h" /* Specify which cpu to schedule for. */ enum processor_type alpha_tune; /* Which cpu we're generating code for. */ enum processor_type alpha_cpu; static const char * const alpha_cpu_name[] = { "ev4", "ev5", "ev6" }; /* Specify how accurate floating-point traps need to be. */ enum alpha_trap_precision alpha_tp; /* Specify the floating-point rounding mode. */ enum alpha_fp_rounding_mode alpha_fprm; /* Specify which things cause traps. */ enum alpha_fp_trap_mode alpha_fptm; /* Nonzero if inside of a function, because the Alpha asm can't handle .files inside of functions. */ static int inside_function = FALSE; /* The number of cycles of latency we should assume on memory reads. */ int alpha_memory_latency = 3; /* Whether the function needs the GP. */ static int alpha_function_needs_gp; /* The alias set for prologue/epilogue register save/restore. */ static GTY(()) alias_set_type alpha_sr_alias_set; /* The assembler name of the current function. */ static const char *alpha_fnname; /* The next explicit relocation sequence number. */ extern GTY(()) int alpha_next_sequence_number; int alpha_next_sequence_number = 1; /* The literal and gpdisp sequence numbers for this insn, as printed by %# and %* respectively. */ extern GTY(()) int alpha_this_literal_sequence_number; extern GTY(()) int alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number; int alpha_this_literal_sequence_number; int alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number; /* Costs of various operations on the different architectures. */ struct alpha_rtx_cost_data { unsigned char fp_add; unsigned char fp_mult; unsigned char fp_div_sf; unsigned char fp_div_df; unsigned char int_mult_si; unsigned char int_mult_di; unsigned char int_shift; unsigned char int_cmov; unsigned short int_div; }; static struct alpha_rtx_cost_data const alpha_rtx_cost_data[PROCESSOR_MAX] = { { /* EV4 */ COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fp_add */ COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fp_mult */ COSTS_N_INSNS (34), /* fp_div_sf */ COSTS_N_INSNS (63), /* fp_div_df */ COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* int_mult_si */ COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* int_mult_di */ COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int_shift */ COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int_cmov */ COSTS_N_INSNS (97), /* int_div */ }, { /* EV5 */ COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_add */ COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_mult */ COSTS_N_INSNS (15), /* fp_div_sf */ COSTS_N_INSNS (22), /* fp_div_df */ COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* int_mult_si */ COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* int_mult_di */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 1, /* int_shift */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_cmov */ COSTS_N_INSNS (83), /* int_div */ }, { /* EV6 */ COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_add */ COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_mult */ COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* fp_div_sf */ COSTS_N_INSNS (15), /* fp_div_df */ COSTS_N_INSNS (7), /* int_mult_si */ COSTS_N_INSNS (7), /* int_mult_di */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_shift */ COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int_cmov */ COSTS_N_INSNS (86), /* int_div */ }, }; /* Similar but tuned for code size instead of execution latency. The extra +N is fractional cost tuning based on latency. It's used to encourage use of cheaper insns like shift, but only if there's just one of them. */ static struct alpha_rtx_cost_data const alpha_rtx_cost_size = { COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fp_add */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fp_mult */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fp_div_sf */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 1, /* fp_div_df */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 1, /* int_mult_si */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 2, /* int_mult_di */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_shift */ COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_cmov */ COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* int_div */ }; /* Get the number of args of a function in one of two ways. */ #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS || TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK #define NUM_ARGS crtl->args.info.num_args #else #define NUM_ARGS crtl->args.info #endif #define REG_PV 27 #define REG_RA 26 /* Declarations of static functions. */ static struct machine_function *alpha_init_machine_status (void); static rtx alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (enum rtx_code *, rtx, rtx); #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS static void alpha_write_linkage (FILE *, const char *, tree); static bool vms_valid_pointer_mode (enum machine_mode); #endif static void unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (FILE *); static void unicosmk_gen_dsib (unsigned long *); static void unicosmk_output_ssib (FILE *, const char *); static int unicosmk_need_dex (rtx); /* Implement TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION. */ static bool alpha_handle_option (size_t code, const char *arg, int value) { switch (code) { case OPT_mfp_regs: if (value == 0) target_flags |= MASK_SOFT_FP; break; case OPT_mieee: case OPT_mieee_with_inexact: target_flags |= MASK_IEEE_CONFORMANT; break; case OPT_mtls_size_: if (value != 16 && value != 32 && value != 64) error ("bad value %qs for -mtls-size switch", arg); break; } return true; } #ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING /* Implement TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE. */ static const char * alpha_mangle_type (const_tree type) { if (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) == long_double_type_node && TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_128) return "g"; /* For all other types, use normal C++ mangling. */ return NULL; } #endif /* Parse target option strings. */ void override_options (void) { static const struct cpu_table { const char *const name; const enum processor_type processor; const int flags; } cpu_table[] = { { "ev4", PROCESSOR_EV4, 0 }, { "ev45", PROCESSOR_EV4, 0 }, { "21064", PROCESSOR_EV4, 0 }, { "ev5", PROCESSOR_EV5, 0 }, { "21164", PROCESSOR_EV5, 0 }, { "ev56", PROCESSOR_EV5, MASK_BWX }, { "21164a", PROCESSOR_EV5, MASK_BWX }, { "pca56", PROCESSOR_EV5, MASK_BWX|MASK_MAX }, { "21164PC",PROCESSOR_EV5, MASK_BWX|MASK_MAX }, { "21164pc",PROCESSOR_EV5, MASK_BWX|MASK_MAX }, { "ev6", PROCESSOR_EV6, MASK_BWX|MASK_MAX|MASK_FIX }, { "21264", PROCESSOR_EV6, MASK_BWX|MASK_MAX|MASK_FIX }, { "ev67", PROCESSOR_EV6, MASK_BWX|MASK_MAX|MASK_FIX|MASK_CIX }, { "21264a", PROCESSOR_EV6, MASK_BWX|MASK_MAX|MASK_FIX|MASK_CIX } }; int const ct_size = ARRAY_SIZE (cpu_table); int i; /* Unicos/Mk doesn't have shared libraries. */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && flag_pic) { warning (0, "-f%s ignored for Unicos/Mk (not supported)", (flag_pic > 1) ? "PIC" : "pic"); flag_pic = 0; } /* On Unicos/Mk, the native compiler consistently generates /d suffices for floating-point instructions. Make that the default for this target. */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) alpha_fprm = ALPHA_FPRM_DYN; else alpha_fprm = ALPHA_FPRM_NORM; alpha_tp = ALPHA_TP_PROG; alpha_fptm = ALPHA_FPTM_N; /* We cannot use su and sui qualifiers for conversion instructions on Unicos/Mk. I'm not sure if this is due to assembler or hardware limitations. Right now, we issue a warning if -mieee is specified and then ignore it; eventually, we should either get it right or disable the option altogether. */ if (TARGET_IEEE) { if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) warning (0, "-mieee not supported on Unicos/Mk"); else { alpha_tp = ALPHA_TP_INSN; alpha_fptm = ALPHA_FPTM_SU; } } if (TARGET_IEEE_WITH_INEXACT) { if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) warning (0, "-mieee-with-inexact not supported on Unicos/Mk"); else { alpha_tp = ALPHA_TP_INSN; alpha_fptm = ALPHA_FPTM_SUI; } } if (alpha_tp_string) { if (! strcmp (alpha_tp_string, "p")) alpha_tp = ALPHA_TP_PROG; else if (! strcmp (alpha_tp_string, "f")) alpha_tp = ALPHA_TP_FUNC; else if (! strcmp (alpha_tp_string, "i")) alpha_tp = ALPHA_TP_INSN; else error ("bad value %qs for -mtrap-precision switch", alpha_tp_string); } if (alpha_fprm_string) { if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string, "n")) alpha_fprm = ALPHA_FPRM_NORM; else if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string, "m")) alpha_fprm = ALPHA_FPRM_MINF; else if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string, "c")) alpha_fprm = ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP; else if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string,"d")) alpha_fprm = ALPHA_FPRM_DYN; else error ("bad value %qs for -mfp-rounding-mode switch", alpha_fprm_string); } if (alpha_fptm_string) { if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string, "n") == 0) alpha_fptm = ALPHA_FPTM_N; else if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string, "u") == 0) alpha_fptm = ALPHA_FPTM_U; else if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string, "su") == 0) alpha_fptm = ALPHA_FPTM_SU; else if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string, "sui") == 0) alpha_fptm = ALPHA_FPTM_SUI; else error ("bad value %qs for -mfp-trap-mode switch", alpha_fptm_string); } if (alpha_cpu_string) { for (i = 0; i < ct_size; i++) if (! strcmp (alpha_cpu_string, cpu_table [i].name)) { alpha_tune = alpha_cpu = cpu_table [i].processor; target_flags &= ~ (MASK_BWX | MASK_MAX | MASK_FIX | MASK_CIX); target_flags |= cpu_table [i].flags; break; } if (i == ct_size) error ("bad value %qs for -mcpu switch", alpha_cpu_string); } if (alpha_tune_string) { for (i = 0; i < ct_size; i++) if (! strcmp (alpha_tune_string, cpu_table [i].name)) { alpha_tune = cpu_table [i].processor; break; } if (i == ct_size) error ("bad value %qs for -mtune switch", alpha_tune_string); } /* Do some sanity checks on the above options. */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && alpha_fptm != ALPHA_FPTM_N) { warning (0, "trap mode not supported on Unicos/Mk"); alpha_fptm = ALPHA_FPTM_N; } if ((alpha_fptm == ALPHA_FPTM_SU || alpha_fptm == ALPHA_FPTM_SUI) && alpha_tp != ALPHA_TP_INSN && alpha_cpu != PROCESSOR_EV6) { warning (0, "fp software completion requires -mtrap-precision=i"); alpha_tp = ALPHA_TP_INSN; } if (alpha_cpu == PROCESSOR_EV6) { /* Except for EV6 pass 1 (not released), we always have precise arithmetic traps. Which means we can do software completion without minding trap shadows. */ alpha_tp = ALPHA_TP_PROG; } if (TARGET_FLOAT_VAX) { if (alpha_fprm == ALPHA_FPRM_MINF || alpha_fprm == ALPHA_FPRM_DYN) { warning (0, "rounding mode not supported for VAX floats"); alpha_fprm = ALPHA_FPRM_NORM; } if (alpha_fptm == ALPHA_FPTM_SUI) { warning (0, "trap mode not supported for VAX floats"); alpha_fptm = ALPHA_FPTM_SU; } if (target_flags_explicit & MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128) warning (0, "128-bit long double not supported for VAX floats"); target_flags &= ~MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128; } { char *end; int lat; if (!alpha_mlat_string) alpha_mlat_string = "L1"; if (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)alpha_mlat_string[0]) && (lat = strtol (alpha_mlat_string, &end, 10), *end == '\0')) ; else if ((alpha_mlat_string[0] == 'L' || alpha_mlat_string[0] == 'l') && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)alpha_mlat_string[1]) && alpha_mlat_string[2] == '\0') { static int const cache_latency[][4] = { { 3, 30, -1 }, /* ev4 -- Bcache is a guess */ { 2, 12, 38 }, /* ev5 -- Bcache from PC164 LMbench numbers */ { 3, 12, 30 }, /* ev6 -- Bcache from DS20 LMbench. */ }; lat = alpha_mlat_string[1] - '0'; if (lat <= 0 || lat > 3 || cache_latency[alpha_tune][lat-1] == -1) { warning (0, "L%d cache latency unknown for %s", lat, alpha_cpu_name[alpha_tune]); lat = 3; } else lat = cache_latency[alpha_tune][lat-1]; } else if (! strcmp (alpha_mlat_string, "main")) { /* Most current memories have about 370ns latency. This is a reasonable guess for a fast cpu. */ lat = 150; } else { warning (0, "bad value %qs for -mmemory-latency", alpha_mlat_string); lat = 3; } alpha_memory_latency = lat; } /* Default the definition of "small data" to 8 bytes. */ if (!g_switch_set) g_switch_value = 8; /* Infer TARGET_SMALL_DATA from -fpic/-fPIC. */ if (flag_pic == 1) target_flags |= MASK_SMALL_DATA; else if (flag_pic == 2) target_flags &= ~MASK_SMALL_DATA; /* Align labels and loops for optimal branching. */ /* ??? Kludge these by not doing anything if we don't optimize and also if we are writing ECOFF symbols to work around a bug in DEC's assembler. */ if (optimize > 0 && write_symbols != SDB_DEBUG) { if (align_loops <= 0) align_loops = 16; if (align_jumps <= 0) align_jumps = 16; } if (align_functions <= 0) align_functions = 16; /* Acquire a unique set number for our register saves and restores. */ alpha_sr_alias_set = new_alias_set (); /* Register variables and functions with the garbage collector. */ /* Set up function hooks. */ init_machine_status = alpha_init_machine_status; /* Tell the compiler when we're using VAX floating point. */ if (TARGET_FLOAT_VAX) { REAL_MODE_FORMAT (SFmode) = &vax_f_format; REAL_MODE_FORMAT (DFmode) = &vax_g_format; REAL_MODE_FORMAT (TFmode) = NULL; } #ifdef TARGET_DEFAULT_LONG_DOUBLE_128 if (!(target_flags_explicit & MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128)) target_flags |= MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128; #endif /* If using typedef char *va_list, signal that __builtin_va_start (&ap, 0) can be optimized to ap = __builtin_next_arg (0). */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) targetm.expand_builtin_va_start = NULL; } /* Returns 1 if VALUE is a mask that contains full bytes of zero or ones. */ int zap_mask (HOST_WIDE_INT value) { int i; for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; i++, value >>= 8) if ((value & 0xff) != 0 && (value & 0xff) != 0xff) return 0; return 1; } /* Return true if OP is valid for a particular TLS relocation. We are already guaranteed that OP is a CONST. */ int tls_symbolic_operand_1 (rtx op, int size, int unspec) { op = XEXP (op, 0); if (GET_CODE (op) != UNSPEC || XINT (op, 1) != unspec) return 0; op = XVECEXP (op, 0, 0); if (GET_CODE (op) != SYMBOL_REF) return 0; switch (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (op)) { case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC: return unspec == UNSPEC_DTPREL && size == alpha_tls_size; case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC: return unspec == UNSPEC_TPREL && size == 64; case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC: return unspec == UNSPEC_TPREL && size == alpha_tls_size; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } /* Used by aligned_memory_operand and unaligned_memory_operand to resolve what reload is going to do with OP if it's a register. */ rtx resolve_reload_operand (rtx op) { if (reload_in_progress) { rtx tmp = op; if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SUBREG) tmp = SUBREG_REG (tmp); if (REG_P (tmp) && REGNO (tmp) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) { op = reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (tmp)]; if (op == 0) return 0; } } return op; } /* The scalar modes supported differs from the default check-what-c-supports version in that sometimes TFmode is available even when long double indicates only DFmode. On unicosmk, we have the situation that HImode doesn't map to any C type, but of course we still support that. */ static bool alpha_scalar_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode) { switch (mode) { case QImode: case HImode: case SImode: case DImode: case TImode: /* via optabs.c */ return true; case SFmode: case DFmode: return true; case TFmode: return TARGET_HAS_XFLOATING_LIBS; default: return false; } } /* Alpha implements a couple of integer vector mode operations when TARGET_MAX is enabled. We do not check TARGET_MAX here, however, which allows the vectorizer to operate on e.g. move instructions, or when expand_vector_operations can do something useful. */ static bool alpha_vector_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode) { return mode == V8QImode || mode == V4HImode || mode == V2SImode; } /* Return 1 if this function can directly return via $26. */ int direct_return (void) { return (! TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && ! TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && reload_completed && alpha_sa_size () == 0 && get_frame_size () == 0 && crtl->outgoing_args_size == 0 && crtl->args.pretend_args_size == 0); } /* Return the ADDR_VEC associated with a tablejump insn. */ rtx alpha_tablejump_addr_vec (rtx insn) { rtx tmp; tmp = JUMP_LABEL (insn); if (!tmp) return NULL_RTX; tmp = NEXT_INSN (tmp); if (!tmp) return NULL_RTX; if (JUMP_P (tmp) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC) return PATTERN (tmp); return NULL_RTX; } /* Return the label of the predicted edge, or CONST0_RTX if we don't know. */ rtx alpha_tablejump_best_label (rtx insn) { rtx jump_table = alpha_tablejump_addr_vec (insn); rtx best_label = NULL_RTX; /* ??? Once the CFG doesn't keep getting completely rebuilt, look there for edge frequency counts from profile data. */ if (jump_table) { int n_labels = XVECLEN (jump_table, 1); int best_count = -1; int i, j; for (i = 0; i < n_labels; i++) { int count = 1; for (j = i + 1; j < n_labels; j++) if (XEXP (XVECEXP (jump_table, 1, i), 0) == XEXP (XVECEXP (jump_table, 1, j), 0)) count++; if (count > best_count) best_count = count, best_label = XVECEXP (jump_table, 1, i); } } return best_label ? best_label : const0_rtx; } /* Return the TLS model to use for SYMBOL. */ static enum tls_model tls_symbolic_operand_type (rtx symbol) { enum tls_model model; if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF) return TLS_MODEL_NONE; model = SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (symbol); /* Local-exec with a 64-bit size is the same code as initial-exec. */ if (model == TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC && alpha_tls_size == 64) model = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC; return model; } /* Return true if the function DECL will share the same GP as any function in the current unit of translation. */ static bool decl_has_samegp (const_tree decl) { /* Functions that are not local can be overridden, and thus may not share the same gp. */ if (!(*targetm.binds_local_p) (decl)) return false; /* If -msmall-data is in effect, assume that there is only one GP for the module, and so any local symbol has this property. We need explicit relocations to be able to enforce this for symbols not defined in this unit of translation, however. */ if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS && TARGET_SMALL_DATA) return true; /* Functions that are not external are defined in this UoT. */ /* ??? Irritatingly, static functions not yet emitted are still marked "external". Apply this to non-static functions only. */ return !TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl); } /* Return true if EXP should be placed in the small data section. */ static bool alpha_in_small_data_p (const_tree exp) { /* We want to merge strings, so we never consider them small data. */ if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST) return false; /* Functions are never in the small data area. Duh. */ if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL) return false; if (TREE_CODE (exp) == VAR_DECL && DECL_SECTION_NAME (exp)) { const char *section = TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (exp)); if (strcmp (section, ".sdata") == 0 || strcmp (section, ".sbss") == 0) return true; } else { HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)); /* If this is an incomplete type with size 0, then we can't put it in sdata because it might be too big when completed. */ if (size > 0 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) size <= g_switch_value) return true; } return false; } #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS static bool vms_valid_pointer_mode (enum machine_mode mode) { return (mode == SImode || mode == DImode); } static bool alpha_linkage_symbol_p (const char *symname) { int symlen = strlen (symname); if (symlen > 4) return strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0; return false; } #define LINKAGE_SYMBOL_REF_P(X) \ ((GET_CODE (X) == SYMBOL_REF \ && alpha_linkage_symbol_p (XSTR (X, 0))) \ || (GET_CODE (X) == CONST \ && GET_CODE (XEXP (X, 0)) == PLUS \ && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (X, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF \ && alpha_linkage_symbol_p (XSTR (XEXP (XEXP (X, 0), 0), 0)))) #endif /* legitimate_address_p recognizes an RTL expression that is a valid memory address for an instruction. The MODE argument is the machine mode for the MEM expression that wants to use this address. For Alpha, we have either a constant address or the sum of a register and a constant address, or just a register. For DImode, any of those forms can be surrounded with an AND that clear the low-order three bits; this is an "unaligned" access. */ static bool alpha_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict) { /* If this is an ldq_u type address, discard the outer AND. */ if (mode == DImode && GET_CODE (x) == AND && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == -8) x = XEXP (x, 0); /* Discard non-paradoxical subregs. */ if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))) x = SUBREG_REG (x); /* Unadorned general registers are valid. */ if (REG_P (x) && (strict ? STRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x) : NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x))) return true; /* Constant addresses (i.e. +/- 32k) are valid. */ if (CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (x)) return true; #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS if (LINKAGE_SYMBOL_REF_P (x)) return true; #endif /* Register plus a small constant offset is valid. */ if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS) { rtx ofs = XEXP (x, 1); x = XEXP (x, 0); /* Discard non-paradoxical subregs. */ if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))) x = SUBREG_REG (x); if (REG_P (x)) { if (! strict && NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FP_BASE_P (x) && CONST_INT_P (ofs)) return true; if ((strict ? STRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x) : NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x)) && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (ofs)) return true; } } /* If we're managing explicit relocations, LO_SUM is valid, as are small data symbols. Avoid explicit relocations of modes larger than word mode since i.e. $LC0+8($1) can fold around +/- 32k offset. */ else if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) { if (small_symbolic_operand (x, Pmode)) return true; if (GET_CODE (x) == LO_SUM) { rtx ofs = XEXP (x, 1); x = XEXP (x, 0); /* Discard non-paradoxical subregs. */ if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))) x = SUBREG_REG (x); /* Must have a valid base register. */ if (! (REG_P (x) && (strict ? STRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x) : NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x)))) return false; /* The symbol must be local. */ if (local_symbolic_operand (ofs, Pmode) || dtp32_symbolic_operand (ofs, Pmode) || tp32_symbolic_operand (ofs, Pmode)) return true; } } return false; } /* Build the SYMBOL_REF for __tls_get_addr. */ static GTY(()) rtx tls_get_addr_libfunc; static rtx get_tls_get_addr (void) { if (!tls_get_addr_libfunc) tls_get_addr_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("__tls_get_addr"); return tls_get_addr_libfunc; } /* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address. */ static rtx alpha_legitimize_address_1 (rtx x, rtx scratch, enum machine_mode mode) { HOST_WIDE_INT addend; /* If the address is (plus reg const_int) and the CONST_INT is not a valid offset, compute the high part of the constant and add it to the register. Then our address is (plus temp low-part-const). */ if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && REG_P (XEXP (x, 0)) && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 1))) { addend = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)); x = XEXP (x, 0); goto split_addend; } /* If the address is (const (plus FOO const_int)), find the low-order part of the CONST_INT. Then load FOO plus any high-order part of the CONST_INT into a register. Our address is (plus reg low-part-const). This is done to reduce the number of GOT entries. */ if (can_create_pseudo_p () && GET_CODE (x) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1))) { addend = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)); x = force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)); goto split_addend; } /* If we have a (plus reg const), emit the load as in (2), then add the two registers, and finally generate (plus reg low-part-const) as our address. */ if (can_create_pseudo_p () && GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && REG_P (XEXP (x, 0)) && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)) == PLUS && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), 1))) { addend = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), 1)); x = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), 0), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); goto split_addend; } /* If this is a local symbol, split the address into HIGH/LO_SUM parts. Avoid modes larger than word mode since i.e. $LC0+8($1) can fold around +/- 32k offset. */ if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD && symbolic_operand (x, Pmode)) { rtx r0, r16, eqv, tga, tp, insn, dest, seq; switch (tls_symbolic_operand_type (x)) { case TLS_MODEL_NONE: break; case TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC: start_sequence (); r0 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0); r16 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 16); tga = get_tls_get_addr (); dest = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); seq = GEN_INT (alpha_next_sequence_number++); emit_insn (gen_movdi_er_tlsgd (r16, pic_offset_table_rtx, x, seq)); insn = gen_call_value_osf_tlsgd (r0, tga, seq); insn = emit_call_insn (insn); RTL_CONST_CALL_P (insn) = 1; use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn), r16); insn = get_insns (); end_sequence (); emit_libcall_block (insn, dest, r0, x); return dest; case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC: start_sequence (); r0 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0); r16 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 16); tga = get_tls_get_addr (); scratch = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); seq = GEN_INT (alpha_next_sequence_number++); emit_insn (gen_movdi_er_tlsldm (r16, pic_offset_table_rtx, seq)); insn = gen_call_value_osf_tlsldm (r0, tga, seq); insn = emit_call_insn (insn); RTL_CONST_CALL_P (insn) = 1; use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn), r16); insn = get_insns (); end_sequence (); eqv = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, const0_rtx), UNSPEC_TLSLDM_CALL); emit_libcall_block (insn, scratch, r0, eqv); eqv = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, x), UNSPEC_DTPREL); eqv = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, eqv); if (alpha_tls_size == 64) { dest = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, eqv)); emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest, dest, scratch)); return dest; } if (alpha_tls_size == 32) { insn = gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode, eqv); insn = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, scratch, insn); scratch = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, scratch, insn)); } return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, scratch, eqv); case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC: eqv = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, x), UNSPEC_TPREL); eqv = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, eqv); tp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); scratch = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); dest = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); emit_insn (gen_load_tp (tp)); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, scratch, eqv)); emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest, tp, scratch)); return dest; case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC: eqv = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, x), UNSPEC_TPREL); eqv = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, eqv); tp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); emit_insn (gen_load_tp (tp)); if (alpha_tls_size == 32) { insn = gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode, eqv); insn = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, tp, insn); tp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, tp, insn)); } return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, tp, eqv); default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (local_symbolic_operand (x, Pmode)) { if (small_symbolic_operand (x, Pmode)) return x; else { if (can_create_pseudo_p ()) scratch = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, scratch, gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode, x))); return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, scratch, x); } } } return NULL; split_addend: { HOST_WIDE_INT low, high; low = ((addend & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; addend -= low; high = ((addend & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; addend -= high; if (addend) x = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, x, GEN_INT (addend), (!can_create_pseudo_p () ? scratch : NULL_RTX), 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); if (high) x = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, x, GEN_INT (high), (!can_create_pseudo_p () ? scratch : NULL_RTX), 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); return plus_constant (x, low); } } /* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address to be legitimate. Return X or the new, valid address. */ static rtx alpha_legitimize_address (rtx x, rtx oldx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, enum machine_mode mode) { rtx new_x = alpha_legitimize_address_1 (x, NULL_RTX, mode); return new_x ? new_x : x; } /* Primarily this is required for TLS symbols, but given that our move patterns *ought* to be able to handle any symbol at any time, we should never be spilling symbolic operands to the constant pool, ever. */ static bool alpha_cannot_force_const_mem (rtx x) { enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); return code == SYMBOL_REF || code == LABEL_REF || code == CONST; } /* We do not allow indirect calls to be optimized into sibling calls, nor can we allow a call to a function with a different GP to be optimized into a sibcall. */ static bool alpha_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl, tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { /* Can't do indirect tail calls, since we don't know if the target uses the same GP. */ if (!decl) return false; /* Otherwise, we can make a tail call if the target function shares the same GP. */ return decl_has_samegp (decl); } int some_small_symbolic_operand_int (rtx *px, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { rtx x = *px; /* Don't re-split. */ if (GET_CODE (x) == LO_SUM) return -1; return small_symbolic_operand (x, Pmode) != 0; } static int split_small_symbolic_operand_1 (rtx *px, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { rtx x = *px; /* Don't re-split. */ if (GET_CODE (x) == LO_SUM) return -1; if (small_symbolic_operand (x, Pmode)) { x = gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, pic_offset_table_rtx, x); *px = x; return -1; } return 0; } rtx split_small_symbolic_operand (rtx x) { x = copy_insn (x); for_each_rtx (&x, split_small_symbolic_operand_1, NULL); return x; } /* Indicate that INSN cannot be duplicated. This is true for any insn that we've marked with gpdisp relocs, since those have to stay in 1-1 correspondence with one another. Technically we could copy them if we could set up a mapping from one sequence number to another, across the set of insns to be duplicated. This seems overly complicated and error-prone since interblock motion from sched-ebb could move one of the pair of insns to a different block. Also cannot allow jsr insns to be duplicated. If they throw exceptions, then they'll be in a different block from their ldgp. Which could lead the bb reorder code to think that it would be ok to copy just the block containing the call and branch to the block containing the ldgp. */ static bool alpha_cannot_copy_insn_p (rtx insn) { if (!reload_completed || !TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS) return false; if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0) return get_attr_cannot_copy (insn); else return false; } /* Try a machine-dependent way of reloading an illegitimate address operand. If we find one, push the reload and return the new rtx. */ rtx alpha_legitimize_reload_address (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int opnum, int type, int ind_levels ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { /* We must recognize output that we have already generated ourselves. */ if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1))) { push_reload (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX, &XEXP (x, 0), NULL, BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, (enum reload_type) type); return x; } /* We wish to handle large displacements off a base register by splitting the addend across an ldah and the mem insn. This cuts number of extra insns needed from 3 to 1. */ if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && REG_P (XEXP (x, 0)) && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))) && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT) { HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)); HOST_WIDE_INT low = ((val & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; HOST_WIDE_INT high = (((val - low) & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; /* Check for 32-bit overflow. */ if (high + low != val) return NULL_RTX; /* Reload the high part into a base reg; leave the low part in the mem directly. */ x = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), GEN_INT (high)), GEN_INT (low)); push_reload (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX, &XEXP (x, 0), NULL, BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, (enum reload_type) type); return x; } return NULL_RTX; } /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */ static bool alpha_rtx_costs (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int *total, bool speed) { enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); bool float_mode_p = FLOAT_MODE_P (mode); const struct alpha_rtx_cost_data *cost_data; if (!speed) cost_data = &alpha_rtx_cost_size; else cost_data = &alpha_rtx_cost_data[alpha_tune]; switch (code) { case CONST_INT: /* If this is an 8-bit constant, return zero since it can be used nearly anywhere with no cost. If it is a valid operand for an ADD or AND, likewise return 0 if we know it will be used in that context. Otherwise, return 2 since it might be used there later. All other constants take at least two insns. */ if (INTVAL (x) >= 0 && INTVAL (x) < 256) { *total = 0; return true; } /* FALLTHRU */ case CONST_DOUBLE: if (x == CONST0_RTX (mode)) *total = 0; else if ((outer_code == PLUS && add_operand (x, VOIDmode)) || (outer_code == AND && and_operand (x, VOIDmode))) *total = 0; else if (add_operand (x, VOIDmode) || and_operand (x, VOIDmode)) *total = 2; else *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2); return true; case CONST: case SYMBOL_REF: case LABEL_REF: if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS && small_symbolic_operand (x, VOIDmode)) *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (outer_code != MEM); else if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS && local_symbolic_operand (x, VOIDmode)) *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1 + (outer_code != MEM)); else if (tls_symbolic_operand_type (x)) /* Estimate of cost for call_pal rduniq. */ /* ??? How many insns do we emit here? More than one... */ *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (15); else /* Otherwise we do a load from the GOT. */ *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (!speed ? 1 : alpha_memory_latency); return true; case HIGH: /* This is effectively an add_operand. */ *total = 2; return true; case PLUS: case MINUS: if (float_mode_p) *total = cost_data->fp_add; else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT && const48_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), VOIDmode)) { *total = (rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), (enum rtx_code) outer_code, speed) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), (enum rtx_code) outer_code, speed) + COSTS_N_INSNS (1)); return true; } return false; case MULT: if (float_mode_p) *total = cost_data->fp_mult; else if (mode == DImode) *total = cost_data->int_mult_di; else *total = cost_data->int_mult_si; return false; case ASHIFT: if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) <= 3) { *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1); return false; } /* FALLTHRU */ case ASHIFTRT: case LSHIFTRT: *total = cost_data->int_shift; return false; case IF_THEN_ELSE: if (float_mode_p) *total = cost_data->fp_add; else *total = cost_data->int_cmov; return false; case DIV: case UDIV: case MOD: case UMOD: if (!float_mode_p) *total = cost_data->int_div; else if (mode == SFmode) *total = cost_data->fp_div_sf; else *total = cost_data->fp_div_df; return false; case MEM: *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (!speed ? 1 : alpha_memory_latency); return true; case NEG: if (! float_mode_p) { *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1); return false; } /* FALLTHRU */ case ABS: if (! float_mode_p) { *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + cost_data->int_cmov; return false; } /* FALLTHRU */ case FLOAT: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT: case FIX: case UNSIGNED_FIX: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE: *total = cost_data->fp_add; return false; case FLOAT_EXTEND: if (MEM_P (XEXP (x, 0))) *total = 0; else *total = cost_data->fp_add; return false; default: return false; } } /* REF is an alignable memory location. Place an aligned SImode reference into *PALIGNED_MEM and the number of bits to shift into *PBITNUM. SCRATCH is a free register for use in reloading out of range stack slots. */ void get_aligned_mem (rtx ref, rtx *paligned_mem, rtx *pbitnum) { rtx base; HOST_WIDE_INT disp, offset; gcc_assert (MEM_P (ref)); if (reload_in_progress && ! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref), XEXP (ref, 0))) { base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0)); gcc_assert (memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref), base)); } else base = XEXP (ref, 0); if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS) disp = INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1)), base = XEXP (base, 0); else disp = 0; /* Find the byte offset within an aligned word. If the memory itself is claimed to be aligned, believe it. Otherwise, aligned_memory_operand will have examined the base register and determined it is aligned, and thus displacements from it are naturally alignable. */ if (MEM_ALIGN (ref) >= 32) offset = 0; else offset = disp & 3; /* The location should not cross aligned word boundary. */ gcc_assert (offset + GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (ref)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode)); /* Access the entire aligned word. */ *paligned_mem = widen_memory_access (ref, SImode, -offset); /* Convert the byte offset within the word to a bit offset. */ if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) offset = 32 - (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (ref)) + offset * 8); else offset *= 8; *pbitnum = GEN_INT (offset); } /* Similar, but just get the address. Handle the two reload cases. Add EXTRA_OFFSET to the address we return. */ rtx get_unaligned_address (rtx ref) { rtx base; HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; gcc_assert (MEM_P (ref)); if (reload_in_progress && ! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref), XEXP (ref, 0))) { base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0)); gcc_assert (memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref), base)); } else base = XEXP (ref, 0); if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS) offset += INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1)), base = XEXP (base, 0); return plus_constant (base, offset); } /* Compute a value X, such that X & 7 == (ADDR + OFS) & 7. X is always returned in a register. */ rtx get_unaligned_offset (rtx addr, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs) { if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS) { ofs += INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)); addr = XEXP (addr, 0); } return expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, addr, GEN_INT (ofs & 7), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); } /* On the Alpha, all (non-symbolic) constants except zero go into a floating-point register via memory. Note that we cannot return anything that is not a subset of RCLASS, and that some symbolic constants cannot be dropped to memory. */ enum reg_class alpha_preferred_reload_class(rtx x, enum reg_class rclass) { /* Zero is present in any register class. */ if (x == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x))) return rclass; /* These sorts of constants we can easily drop to memory. */ if (CONST_INT_P (x) || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR) { if (rclass == FLOAT_REGS) return NO_REGS; if (rclass == ALL_REGS) return GENERAL_REGS; return rclass; } /* All other kinds of constants should not (and in the case of HIGH cannot) be dropped to memory -- instead we use a GENERAL_REGS secondary reload. */ if (CONSTANT_P (x)) return (rclass == ALL_REGS ? GENERAL_REGS : rclass); return rclass; } /* Inform reload about cases where moving X with a mode MODE to a register in RCLASS requires an extra scratch or immediate register. Return the class needed for the immediate register. */ static enum reg_class alpha_secondary_reload (bool in_p, rtx x, enum reg_class rclass, enum machine_mode mode, secondary_reload_info *sri) { /* Loading and storing HImode or QImode values to and from memory usually requires a scratch register. */ if (!TARGET_BWX && (mode == QImode || mode == HImode || mode == CQImode)) { if (any_memory_operand (x, mode)) { if (in_p) { if (!aligned_memory_operand (x, mode)) sri->icode = reload_in_optab[mode]; } else sri->icode = reload_out_optab[mode]; return NO_REGS; } } /* We also cannot do integral arithmetic into FP regs, as might result from register elimination into a DImode fp register. */ if (rclass == FLOAT_REGS) { if (MEM_P (x) && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == AND) return GENERAL_REGS; if (in_p && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode) && !MEM_P (x) && !REG_P (x) && !CONST_INT_P (x)) return GENERAL_REGS; } return NO_REGS; } /* Subfunction of the following function. Update the flags of any MEM found in part of X. */ static int alpha_set_memflags_1 (rtx *xp, void *data) { rtx x = *xp, orig = (rtx) data; if (!MEM_P (x)) return 0; MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (orig); MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x) = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (orig); MEM_SCALAR_P (x) = MEM_SCALAR_P (orig); MEM_NOTRAP_P (x) = MEM_NOTRAP_P (orig); MEM_READONLY_P (x) = MEM_READONLY_P (orig); /* Sadly, we cannot use alias sets because the extra aliasing produced by the AND interferes. Given that two-byte quantities are the only thing we would be able to differentiate anyway, there does not seem to be any point in convoluting the early out of the alias check. */ return -1; } /* Given SEQ, which is an INSN list, look for any MEMs in either a SET_DEST or a SET_SRC and copy the in-struct, unchanging, and volatile flags from REF into each of the MEMs found. If REF is not a MEM, don't do anything. */ void alpha_set_memflags (rtx seq, rtx ref) { rtx insn; if (!MEM_P (ref)) return; /* This is only called from alpha.md, after having had something generated from one of the insn patterns. So if everything is zero, the pattern is already up-to-date. */ if (!MEM_VOLATILE_P (ref) && !MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (ref) && !MEM_SCALAR_P (ref) && !MEM_NOTRAP_P (ref) && !MEM_READONLY_P (ref)) return; for (insn = seq; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) if (INSN_P (insn)) for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), alpha_set_memflags_1, (void *) ref); else gcc_unreachable (); } static rtx alpha_emit_set_const (rtx, enum machine_mode, HOST_WIDE_INT, int, bool); /* Internal routine for alpha_emit_set_const to check for N or below insns. If NO_OUTPUT is true, then we only check to see if N insns are possible, and return pc_rtx if successful. */ static rtx alpha_emit_set_const_1 (rtx target, enum machine_mode mode, HOST_WIDE_INT c, int n, bool no_output) { HOST_WIDE_INT new_const; int i, bits; /* Use a pseudo if highly optimizing and still generating RTL. */ rtx subtarget = (flag_expensive_optimizations && can_create_pseudo_p () ? 0 : target); rtx temp, insn; /* If this is a sign-extended 32-bit constant, we can do this in at most three insns, so do it if we have enough insns left. We always have a sign-extended 32-bit constant when compiling on a narrow machine. */ if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != 64 || c >> 31 == -1 || c >> 31 == 0) { HOST_WIDE_INT low = ((c & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; HOST_WIDE_INT tmp1 = c - low; HOST_WIDE_INT high = (((tmp1 >> 16) & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; HOST_WIDE_INT extra = 0; /* If HIGH will be interpreted as negative but the constant is positive, we must adjust it to do two ldha insns. */ if ((high & 0x8000) != 0 && c >= 0) { extra = 0x4000; tmp1 -= 0x40000000; high = ((tmp1 >> 16) & 0xffff) - 2 * ((tmp1 >> 16) & 0x8000); } if (c == low || (low == 0 && extra == 0)) { /* We used to use copy_to_suggested_reg (GEN_INT (c), target, mode) but that meant that we can't handle INT_MIN on 32-bit machines (like NT/Alpha), because we recurse indefinitely through emit_move_insn to gen_movdi. So instead, since we know exactly what we want, create it explicitly. */ if (no_output) return pc_rtx; if (target == NULL) target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, GEN_INT (c))); return target; } else if (n >= 2 + (extra != 0)) { if (no_output) return pc_rtx; if (!can_create_pseudo_p ()) { emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, GEN_INT (high << 16))); temp = target; } else temp = copy_to_suggested_reg (GEN_INT (high << 16), subtarget, mode); /* As of 2002-02-23, addsi3 is only available when not optimizing. This means that if we go through expand_binop, we'll try to generate extensions, etc, which will require new pseudos, which will fail during some split phases. The SImode add patterns still exist, but are not named. So build the insns by hand. */ if (extra != 0) { if (! subtarget) subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (mode); insn = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, temp, GEN_INT (extra << 16)); insn = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, subtarget, insn); emit_insn (insn); temp = subtarget; } if (target == NULL) target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); insn = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, temp, GEN_INT (low)); insn = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, insn); emit_insn (insn); return target; } } /* If we couldn't do it that way, try some other methods. But if we have no instructions left, don't bother. Likewise, if this is SImode and we can't make pseudos, we can't do anything since the expand_binop and expand_unop calls will widen and try to make pseudos. */ if (n == 1 || (mode == SImode && !can_create_pseudo_p ())) return 0; /* Next, see if we can load a related constant and then shift and possibly negate it to get the constant we want. Try this once each increasing numbers of insns. */ for (i = 1; i < n; i++) { /* First, see if minus some low bits, we've an easy load of high bits. */ new_const = ((c & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; if (new_const != 0) { temp = alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget, mode, c - new_const, i, no_output); if (temp) { if (no_output) return temp; return expand_binop (mode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (new_const), target, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); } } /* Next try complementing. */ temp = alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget, mode, ~c, i, no_output); if (temp) { if (no_output) return temp; return expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, temp, target, 0); } /* Next try to form a constant and do a left shift. We can do this if some low-order bits are zero; the exact_log2 call below tells us that information. The bits we are shifting out could be any value, but here we'll just try the 0- and sign-extended forms of the constant. To try to increase the chance of having the same constant in more than one insn, start at the highest number of bits to shift, but try all possibilities in case a ZAPNOT will be useful. */ bits = exact_log2 (c & -c); if (bits > 0) for (; bits > 0; bits--) { new_const = c >> bits; temp = alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget, mode, new_const, i, no_output); if (!temp && c < 0) { new_const = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)c >> bits; temp = alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget, mode, new_const, i, no_output); } if (temp) { if (no_output) return temp; return expand_binop (mode, ashl_optab, temp, GEN_INT (bits), target, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); } } /* Now try high-order zero bits. Here we try the shifted-in bits as all zero and all ones. Be careful to avoid shifting outside the mode and to avoid shifting outside the host wide int size. */ /* On narrow hosts, don't shift a 1 into the high bit, since we'll confuse the recursive call and set all of the high 32 bits. */ bits = (MIN (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) * 8) - floor_log2 (c) - 1 - (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT < 64)); if (bits > 0) for (; bits > 0; bits--) { new_const = c << bits; temp = alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget, mode, new_const, i, no_output); if (!temp) { new_const = (c << bits) | (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bits) - 1); temp = alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget, mode, new_const, i, no_output); } if (temp) { if (no_output) return temp; return expand_binop (mode, lshr_optab, temp, GEN_INT (bits), target, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); } } /* Now try high-order 1 bits. We get that with a sign-extension. But one bit isn't enough here. Be careful to avoid shifting outside the mode and to avoid shifting outside the host wide int size. */ bits = (MIN (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) * 8) - floor_log2 (~ c) - 2); if (bits > 0) for (; bits > 0; bits--) { new_const = c << bits; temp = alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget, mode, new_const, i, no_output); if (!temp) { new_const = (c << bits) | (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bits) - 1); temp = alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget, mode, new_const, i, no_output); } if (temp) { if (no_output) return temp; return expand_binop (mode, ashr_optab, temp, GEN_INT (bits), target, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); } } } #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64 /* Finally, see if can load a value into the target that is the same as the constant except that all bytes that are 0 are changed to be 0xff. If we can, then we can do a ZAPNOT to obtain the desired constant. */ new_const = c; for (i = 0; i < 64; i += 8) if ((new_const & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xff << i)) == 0) new_const |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xff << i; /* We are only called for SImode and DImode. If this is SImode, ensure that we are sign extended to a full word. */ if (mode == SImode) new_const = ((new_const & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; if (new_const != c) { temp = alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget, mode, new_const, n - 1, no_output); if (temp) { if (no_output) return temp; return expand_binop (mode, and_optab, temp, GEN_INT (c | ~ new_const), target, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); } } #endif return 0; } /* Try to output insns to set TARGET equal to the constant C if it can be done in less than N insns. Do all computations in MODE. Returns the place where the output has been placed if it can be done and the insns have been emitted. If it would take more than N insns, zero is returned and no insns and emitted. */ static rtx alpha_emit_set_const (rtx target, enum machine_mode mode, HOST_WIDE_INT c, int n, bool no_output) { enum machine_mode orig_mode = mode; rtx orig_target = target; rtx result = 0; int i; /* If we can't make any pseudos, TARGET is an SImode hard register, we can't load this constant in one insn, do this in DImode. */ if (!can_create_pseudo_p () && mode == SImode && REG_P (target) && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) { result = alpha_emit_set_const_1 (target, mode, c, 1, no_output); if (result) return result; target = no_output ? NULL : gen_lowpart (DImode, target); mode = DImode; } else if (mode == V8QImode || mode == V4HImode || mode == V2SImode) { target = no_output ? NULL : gen_lowpart (DImode, target); mode = DImode; } /* Try 1 insn, then 2, then up to N. */ for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) { result = alpha_emit_set_const_1 (target, mode, c, i, no_output); if (result) { rtx insn, set; if (no_output) return result; insn = get_last_insn (); set = single_set (insn); if (! CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set))) set_unique_reg_note (get_last_insn (), REG_EQUAL, GEN_INT (c)); break; } } /* Allow for the case where we changed the mode of TARGET. */ if (result) { if (result == target) result = orig_target; else if (mode != orig_mode) result = gen_lowpart (orig_mode, result); } return result; } /* Having failed to find a 3 insn sequence in alpha_emit_set_const, fall back to a straight forward decomposition. We do this to avoid exponential run times encountered when looking for longer sequences with alpha_emit_set_const. */ static rtx alpha_emit_set_long_const (rtx target, HOST_WIDE_INT c1, HOST_WIDE_INT c2) { HOST_WIDE_INT d1, d2, d3, d4; /* Decompose the entire word */ #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64 gcc_assert (c2 == -(c1 < 0)); d1 = ((c1 & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; c1 -= d1; d2 = ((c1 & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; c1 = (c1 - d2) >> 32; d3 = ((c1 & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; c1 -= d3; d4 = ((c1 & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; gcc_assert (c1 == d4); #else d1 = ((c1 & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; c1 -= d1; d2 = ((c1 & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; gcc_assert (c1 == d2); c2 += (d2 < 0); d3 = ((c2 & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; c2 -= d3; d4 = ((c2 & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; gcc_assert (c2 == d4); #endif /* Construct the high word */ if (d4) { emit_move_insn (target, GEN_INT (d4)); if (d3) emit_move_insn (target, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, target, GEN_INT (d3))); } else emit_move_insn (target, GEN_INT (d3)); /* Shift it into place */ emit_move_insn (target, gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, target, GEN_INT (32))); /* Add in the low bits. */ if (d2) emit_move_insn (target, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, target, GEN_INT (d2))); if (d1) emit_move_insn (target, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, target, GEN_INT (d1))); return target; } /* Given an integral CONST_INT, CONST_DOUBLE, or CONST_VECTOR, return the low 64 bits. */ static void alpha_extract_integer (rtx x, HOST_WIDE_INT *p0, HOST_WIDE_INT *p1) { HOST_WIDE_INT i0, i1; if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR) x = simplify_subreg (DImode, x, GET_MODE (x), 0); if (CONST_INT_P (x)) { i0 = INTVAL (x); i1 = -(i0 < 0); } else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64) { i0 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x); i1 = -(i0 < 0); } else { i0 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x); i1 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x); } *p0 = i0; *p1 = i1; } /* Implement LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P. This is all constants for which we are willing to load the value into a register via a move pattern. Normally this is all symbolic constants, integral constants that take three or fewer instructions, and floating-point zero. */ bool alpha_legitimate_constant_p (rtx x) { enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); HOST_WIDE_INT i0, i1; switch (GET_CODE (x)) { case LABEL_REF: case HIGH: return true; case CONST: if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT) x = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0); else return true; if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF) return true; /* FALLTHRU */ case SYMBOL_REF: /* TLS symbols are never valid. */ return SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x) == 0; case CONST_DOUBLE: if (x == CONST0_RTX (mode)) return true; if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) return false; goto do_integer; case CONST_VECTOR: if (x == CONST0_RTX (mode)) return true; if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_VECTOR_INT) return false; if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 8) return false; goto do_integer; case CONST_INT: do_integer: if (TARGET_BUILD_CONSTANTS) return true; alpha_extract_integer (x, &i0, &i1); if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64 || i1 == (-i0 < 0)) return alpha_emit_set_const_1 (x, mode, i0, 3, true) != NULL; return false; default: return false; } } /* Operand 1 is known to be a constant, and should require more than one instruction to load. Emit that multi-part load. */ bool alpha_split_const_mov (enum machine_mode mode, rtx *operands) { HOST_WIDE_INT i0, i1; rtx temp = NULL_RTX; alpha_extract_integer (operands[1], &i0, &i1); if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64 || i1 == -(i0 < 0)) temp = alpha_emit_set_const (operands[0], mode, i0, 3, false); if (!temp && TARGET_BUILD_CONSTANTS) temp = alpha_emit_set_long_const (operands[0], i0, i1); if (temp) { if (!rtx_equal_p (operands[0], temp)) emit_move_insn (operands[0], temp); return true; } return false; } /* Expand a move instruction; return true if all work is done. We don't handle non-bwx subword loads here. */ bool alpha_expand_mov (enum machine_mode mode, rtx *operands) { rtx tmp; /* If the output is not a register, the input must be. */ if (MEM_P (operands[0]) && ! reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], mode)) operands[1] = force_reg (mode, operands[1]); /* Allow legitimize_address to perform some simplifications. */ if (mode == Pmode && symbolic_operand (operands[1], mode)) { tmp = alpha_legitimize_address_1 (operands[1], operands[0], mode); if (tmp) { if (tmp == operands[0]) return true; operands[1] = tmp; return false; } } /* Early out for non-constants and valid constants. */ if (! CONSTANT_P (operands[1]) || input_operand (operands[1], mode)) return false; /* Split large integers. */ if (CONST_INT_P (operands[1]) || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_VECTOR) { if (alpha_split_const_mov (mode, operands)) return true; } /* Otherwise we've nothing left but to drop the thing to memory. */ tmp = force_const_mem (mode, operands[1]); if (tmp == NULL_RTX) return false; if (reload_in_progress) { emit_move_insn (operands[0], XEXP (tmp, 0)); operands[1] = replace_equiv_address (tmp, operands[0]); } else operands[1] = validize_mem (tmp); return false; } /* Expand a non-bwx QImode or HImode move instruction; return true if all work is done. */ bool alpha_expand_mov_nobwx (enum machine_mode mode, rtx *operands) { rtx seq; /* If the output is not a register, the input must be. */ if (MEM_P (operands[0])) operands[1] = force_reg (mode, operands[1]); /* Handle four memory cases, unaligned and aligned for either the input or the output. The only case where we can be called during reload is for aligned loads; all other cases require temporaries. */ if (any_memory_operand (operands[1], mode)) { if (aligned_memory_operand (operands[1], mode)) { if (reload_in_progress) { if (mode == QImode) seq = gen_reload_inqi_aligned (operands[0], operands[1]); else seq = gen_reload_inhi_aligned (operands[0], operands[1]); emit_insn (seq); } else { rtx aligned_mem, bitnum; rtx scratch = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); rtx subtarget; bool copyout; get_aligned_mem (operands[1], &aligned_mem, &bitnum); subtarget = operands[0]; if (REG_P (subtarget)) subtarget = gen_lowpart (DImode, subtarget), copyout = false; else subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (DImode), copyout = true; if (mode == QImode) seq = gen_aligned_loadqi (subtarget, aligned_mem, bitnum, scratch); else seq = gen_aligned_loadhi (subtarget, aligned_mem, bitnum, scratch); emit_insn (seq); if (copyout) emit_move_insn (operands[0], gen_lowpart (mode, subtarget)); } } else { /* Don't pass these as parameters since that makes the generated code depend on parameter evaluation order which will cause bootstrap failures. */ rtx temp1, temp2, subtarget, ua; bool copyout; temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); subtarget = operands[0]; if (REG_P (subtarget)) subtarget = gen_lowpart (DImode, subtarget), copyout = false; else subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (DImode), copyout = true; ua = get_unaligned_address (operands[1]); if (mode == QImode) seq = gen_unaligned_loadqi (subtarget, ua, temp1, temp2); else seq = gen_unaligned_loadhi (subtarget, ua, temp1, temp2); alpha_set_memflags (seq, operands[1]); emit_insn (seq); if (copyout) emit_move_insn (operands[0], gen_lowpart (mode, subtarget)); } return true; } if (any_memory_operand (operands[0], mode)) { if (aligned_memory_operand (operands[0], mode)) { rtx aligned_mem, bitnum; rtx temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); rtx temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); get_aligned_mem (operands[0], &aligned_mem, &bitnum); emit_insn (gen_aligned_store (aligned_mem, operands[1], bitnum, temp1, temp2)); } else { rtx temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); rtx temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); rtx temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); rtx ua = get_unaligned_address (operands[0]); if (mode == QImode) seq = gen_unaligned_storeqi (ua, operands[1], temp1, temp2, temp3); else seq = gen_unaligned_storehi (ua, operands[1], temp1, temp2, temp3); alpha_set_memflags (seq, operands[0]); emit_insn (seq); } return true; } return false; } /* Implement the movmisalign patterns. One of the operands is a memory that is not naturally aligned. Emit instructions to load it. */ void alpha_expand_movmisalign (enum machine_mode mode, rtx *operands) { /* Honor misaligned loads, for those we promised to do so. */ if (MEM_P (operands[1])) { rtx tmp; if (register_operand (operands[0], mode)) tmp = operands[0]; else tmp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); alpha_expand_unaligned_load (tmp, operands[1], 8, 0, 0); if (tmp != operands[0]) emit_move_insn (operands[0], tmp); } else if (MEM_P (operands[0])) { if (!reg_or_0_operand (operands[1], mode)) operands[1] = force_reg (mode, operands[1]); alpha_expand_unaligned_store (operands[0], operands[1], 8, 0); } else gcc_unreachable (); } /* Generate an unsigned DImode to FP conversion. This is the same code optabs would emit if we didn't have TFmode patterns. For SFmode, this is the only construction I've found that can pass gcc.c-torture/execute/ieee/rbug.c. No scenario that uses DFmode intermediates will work, because you'll get intermediate rounding that ruins the end result. Some of this could be fixed by turning on round-to-positive-infinity, but that requires diddling the fpsr, which kills performance. I tried turning this around and converting to a negative number, so that I could turn on /m, but either I did it wrong or there's something else cause I wound up with the exact same single-bit error. There is a branch-less form of this same code: srl $16,1,$1 and $16,1,$2 cmplt $16,0,$3 or $1,$2,$2 cmovge $16,$16,$2 itoft $3,$f10 itoft $2,$f11 cvtqs $f11,$f11 adds $f11,$f11,$f0 fcmoveq $f10,$f11,$f0 I'm not using it because it's the same number of instructions as this branch-full form, and it has more serialized long latency instructions on the critical path. For DFmode, we can avoid rounding errors by breaking up the word into two pieces, converting them separately, and adding them back: LC0: .long 0,0x5f800000 itoft $16,$f11 lda $2,LC0 cmplt $16,0,$1 cpyse $f11,$f31,$f10 cpyse $f31,$f11,$f11 s4addq $1,$2,$1 lds $f12,0($1) cvtqt $f10,$f10 cvtqt $f11,$f11 addt $f12,$f10,$f0 addt $f0,$f11,$f0 This doesn't seem to be a clear-cut win over the optabs form. It probably all depends on the distribution of numbers being converted -- in the optabs form, all but high-bit-set has a much lower minimum execution time. */ void alpha_emit_floatuns (rtx operands[2]) { rtx neglab, donelab, i0, i1, f0, in, out; enum machine_mode mode; out = operands[0]; in = force_reg (DImode, operands[1]); mode = GET_MODE (out); neglab = gen_label_rtx (); donelab = gen_label_rtx (); i0 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); i1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); f0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (in, const0_rtx, LT, const0_rtx, DImode, 0, neglab); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode, in))); emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (donelab)); emit_barrier (); emit_label (neglab); emit_insn (gen_lshrdi3 (i0, in, const1_rtx)); emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (i1, in, const1_rtx)); emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (i0, i0, i1)); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, f0, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode, i0))); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, f0, f0))); emit_label (donelab); } /* Generate the comparison for a conditional branch. */ void alpha_emit_conditional_branch (rtx operands[], enum machine_mode cmp_mode) { enum rtx_code cmp_code, branch_code; enum machine_mode branch_mode = VOIDmode; enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (operands[0]); rtx op0 = operands[1], op1 = operands[2]; rtx tem; if (cmp_mode == TFmode) { op0 = alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (&code, op0, op1); op1 = const0_rtx; cmp_mode = DImode; } /* The general case: fold the comparison code to the types of compares that we have, choosing the branch as necessary. */ switch (code) { case EQ: case LE: case LT: case LEU: case LTU: case UNORDERED: /* We have these compares: */ cmp_code = code, branch_code = NE; break; case NE: case ORDERED: /* These must be reversed. */ cmp_code = reverse_condition (code), branch_code = EQ; break; case GE: case GT: case GEU: case GTU: /* For FP, we swap them, for INT, we reverse them. */ if (cmp_mode == DFmode) { cmp_code = swap_condition (code); branch_code = NE; tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem; } else { cmp_code = reverse_condition (code); branch_code = EQ; } break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (cmp_mode == DFmode) { if (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations && cmp_code != UNORDERED) { /* When we are not as concerned about non-finite values, and we are comparing against zero, we can branch directly. */ if (op1 == CONST0_RTX (DFmode)) cmp_code = UNKNOWN, branch_code = code; else if (op0 == CONST0_RTX (DFmode)) { /* Undo the swap we probably did just above. */ tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem; branch_code = swap_condition (cmp_code); cmp_code = UNKNOWN; } } else { /* ??? We mark the branch mode to be CCmode to prevent the compare and branch from being combined, since the compare insn follows IEEE rules that the branch does not. */ branch_mode = CCmode; } } else { /* The following optimizations are only for signed compares. */ if (code != LEU && code != LTU && code != GEU && code != GTU) { /* Whee. Compare and branch against 0 directly. */ if (op1 == const0_rtx) cmp_code = UNKNOWN, branch_code = code; /* If the constants doesn't fit into an immediate, but can be generated by lda/ldah, we adjust the argument and compare against zero, so we can use beq/bne directly. */ /* ??? Don't do this when comparing against symbols, otherwise we'll reduce (&x == 0x1234) to (&x-0x1234 == 0), which will be declared false out of hand (at least for non-weak). */ else if (CONST_INT_P (op1) && (code == EQ || code == NE) && !(symbolic_operand (op0, VOIDmode) || (REG_P (op0) && REG_POINTER (op0)))) { rtx n_op1 = GEN_INT (-INTVAL (op1)); if (! satisfies_constraint_I (op1) && (satisfies_constraint_K (n_op1) || satisfies_constraint_L (n_op1))) cmp_code = PLUS, branch_code = code, op1 = n_op1; } } if (!reg_or_0_operand (op0, DImode)) op0 = force_reg (DImode, op0); if (cmp_code != PLUS && !reg_or_8bit_operand (op1, DImode)) op1 = force_reg (DImode, op1); } /* Emit an initial compare instruction, if necessary. */ tem = op0; if (cmp_code != UNKNOWN) { tem = gen_reg_rtx (cmp_mode); emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code, cmp_mode, op0, op1)); } /* Emit the branch instruction. */ tem = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, pc_rtx, gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (branch_code, branch_mode, tem, CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode)), gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, operands[3]), pc_rtx)); emit_jump_insn (tem); } /* Certain simplifications can be done to make invalid setcc operations valid. Return the final comparison, or NULL if we can't work. */ bool alpha_emit_setcc (rtx operands[], enum machine_mode cmp_mode) { enum rtx_code cmp_code; enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (operands[1]); rtx op0 = operands[2], op1 = operands[3]; rtx tmp; if (cmp_mode == TFmode) { op0 = alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (&code, op0, op1); op1 = const0_rtx; cmp_mode = DImode; } if (cmp_mode == DFmode && !TARGET_FIX) return 0; /* The general case: fold the comparison code to the types of compares that we have, choosing the branch as necessary. */ cmp_code = UNKNOWN; switch (code) { case EQ: case LE: case LT: case LEU: case LTU: case UNORDERED: /* We have these compares. */ if (cmp_mode == DFmode) cmp_code = code, code = NE; break; case NE: if (cmp_mode == DImode && op1 == const0_rtx) break; /* FALLTHRU */ case ORDERED: cmp_code = reverse_condition (code); code = EQ; break; case GE: case GT: case GEU: case GTU: /* These normally need swapping, but for integer zero we have special patterns that recognize swapped operands. */ if (cmp_mode == DImode && op1 == const0_rtx) break; code = swap_condition (code); if (cmp_mode == DFmode) cmp_code = code, code = NE; tmp = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tmp; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (cmp_mode == DImode) { if (!register_operand (op0, DImode)) op0 = force_reg (DImode, op0); if (!reg_or_8bit_operand (op1, DImode)) op1 = force_reg (DImode, op1); } /* Emit an initial compare instruction, if necessary. */ if (cmp_code != UNKNOWN) { tmp = gen_reg_rtx (cmp_mode); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, tmp, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code, cmp_mode, op0, op1))); op0 = cmp_mode != DImode ? gen_lowpart (DImode, tmp) : tmp; op1 = const0_rtx; } /* Emit the setcc instruction. */ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, DImode, op0, op1))); return true; } /* Rewrite a comparison against zero CMP of the form (CODE (cc0) (const_int 0)) so it can be written validly in a conditional move (if_then_else CMP ...). If both of the operands that set cc0 are nonzero we must emit an insn to perform the compare (it can't be done within the conditional move). */ rtx alpha_emit_conditional_move (rtx cmp, enum machine_mode mode) { enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (cmp); enum rtx_code cmov_code = NE; rtx op0 = XEXP (cmp, 0); rtx op1 = XEXP (cmp, 1); enum machine_mode cmp_mode = (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode ? DImode : GET_MODE (op0)); enum machine_mode cmov_mode = VOIDmode; int local_fast_math = flag_unsafe_math_optimizations; rtx tem; if (cmp_mode == TFmode) { op0 = alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (&code, op0, op1); op1 = const0_rtx; cmp_mode = DImode; } gcc_assert (cmp_mode == DFmode || cmp_mode == DImode); if (FLOAT_MODE_P (cmp_mode) != FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) { enum rtx_code cmp_code; if (! TARGET_FIX) return 0; /* If we have fp<->int register move instructions, do a cmov by performing the comparison in fp registers, and move the zero/nonzero value to integer registers, where we can then use a normal cmov, or vice-versa. */ switch (code) { case EQ: case LE: case LT: case LEU: case LTU: /* We have these compares. */ cmp_code = code, code = NE; break; case NE: /* This must be reversed. */ cmp_code = EQ, code = EQ; break; case GE: case GT: case GEU: case GTU: /* These normally need swapping, but for integer zero we have special patterns that recognize swapped operands. */ if (cmp_mode == DImode && op1 == const0_rtx) cmp_code = code, code = NE; else { cmp_code = swap_condition (code); code = NE; tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem; } break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } tem = gen_reg_rtx (cmp_mode); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, tem, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code, cmp_mode, op0, op1))); cmp_mode = cmp_mode == DImode ? DFmode : DImode; op0 = gen_lowpart (cmp_mode, tem); op1 = CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode); local_fast_math = 1; } /* We may be able to use a conditional move directly. This avoids emitting spurious compares. */ if (signed_comparison_operator (cmp, VOIDmode) && (cmp_mode == DImode || local_fast_math) && (op0 == CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode) || op1 == CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode))) return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, VOIDmode, op0, op1); /* We can't put the comparison inside the conditional move; emit a compare instruction and put that inside the conditional move. Make sure we emit only comparisons we have; swap or reverse as necessary. */ if (!can_create_pseudo_p ()) return NULL_RTX; switch (code) { case EQ: case LE: case LT: case LEU: case LTU: /* We have these compares: */ break; case NE: /* This must be reversed. */ code = reverse_condition (code); cmov_code = EQ; break; case GE: case GT: case GEU: case GTU: /* These must be swapped. */ if (op1 != CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode)) { code = swap_condition (code); tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem; } break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (cmp_mode == DImode) { if (!reg_or_0_operand (op0, DImode)) op0 = force_reg (DImode, op0); if (!reg_or_8bit_operand (op1, DImode)) op1 = force_reg (DImode, op1); } /* ??? We mark the branch mode to be CCmode to prevent the compare and cmov from being combined, since the compare insn follows IEEE rules that the cmov does not. */ if (cmp_mode == DFmode && !local_fast_math) cmov_mode = CCmode; tem = gen_reg_rtx (cmp_mode); emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, cmp_mode, op0, op1)); return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmov_code, cmov_mode, tem, CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode)); } /* Simplify a conditional move of two constants into a setcc with arithmetic. This is done with a splitter since combine would just undo the work if done during code generation. It also catches cases we wouldn't have before cse. */ int alpha_split_conditional_move (enum rtx_code code, rtx dest, rtx cond, rtx t_rtx, rtx f_rtx) { HOST_WIDE_INT t, f, diff; enum machine_mode mode; rtx target, subtarget, tmp; mode = GET_MODE (dest); t = INTVAL (t_rtx); f = INTVAL (f_rtx); diff = t - f; if (((code == NE || code == EQ) && diff < 0) || (code == GE || code == GT)) { code = reverse_condition (code); diff = t, t = f, f = diff; diff = t - f; } subtarget = target = dest; if (mode != DImode) { target = gen_lowpart (DImode, dest); if (can_create_pseudo_p ()) subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); else subtarget = target; } /* Below, we must be careful to use copy_rtx on target and subtarget in intermediate insns, as they may be a subreg rtx, which may not be shared. */ if (f == 0 && exact_log2 (diff) > 0 /* On EV6, we've got enough shifters to make non-arithmetic shifts viable over a longer latency cmove. On EV5, the E0 slot is a scarce resource, and on EV4 shift has the same latency as a cmove. */ && (diff <= 8 || alpha_tune == PROCESSOR_EV6)) { tmp = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, DImode, cond, const0_rtx); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, copy_rtx (subtarget), tmp)); tmp = gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, copy_rtx (subtarget), GEN_INT (exact_log2 (t))); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, tmp)); } else if (f == 0 && t == -1) { tmp = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, DImode, cond, const0_rtx); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, copy_rtx (subtarget), tmp)); emit_insn (gen_negdi2 (target, copy_rtx (subtarget))); } else if (diff == 1 || diff == 4 || diff == 8) { rtx add_op; tmp = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, DImode, cond, const0_rtx); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, copy_rtx (subtarget), tmp)); if (diff == 1) emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (target, copy_rtx (subtarget), GEN_INT (f))); else { add_op = GEN_INT (f); if (sext_add_operand (add_op, mode)) { tmp = gen_rtx_MULT (DImode, copy_rtx (subtarget), GEN_INT (diff)); tmp = gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, tmp, add_op); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, tmp)); } else return 0; } } else return 0; return 1; } /* Look up the function X_floating library function name for the given operation. */ struct GTY(()) xfloating_op { const enum rtx_code code; const char *const GTY((skip)) osf_func; const char *const GTY((skip)) vms_func; rtx libcall; }; static GTY(()) struct xfloating_op xfloating_ops[] = { { PLUS, "_OtsAddX", "OTS$ADD_X", 0 }, { MINUS, "_OtsSubX", "OTS$SUB_X", 0 }, { MULT, "_OtsMulX", "OTS$MUL_X", 0 }, { DIV, "_OtsDivX", "OTS$DIV_X", 0 }, { EQ, "_OtsEqlX", "OTS$EQL_X", 0 }, { NE, "_OtsNeqX", "OTS$NEQ_X", 0 }, { LT, "_OtsLssX", "OTS$LSS_X", 0 }, { LE, "_OtsLeqX", "OTS$LEQ_X", 0 }, { GT, "_OtsGtrX", "OTS$GTR_X", 0 }, { GE, "_OtsGeqX", "OTS$GEQ_X", 0 }, { FIX, "_OtsCvtXQ", "OTS$CVTXQ", 0 }, { FLOAT, "_OtsCvtQX", "OTS$CVTQX", 0 }, { UNSIGNED_FLOAT, "_OtsCvtQUX", "OTS$CVTQUX", 0 }, { FLOAT_EXTEND, "_OtsConvertFloatTX", "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_T_X", 0 }, { FLOAT_TRUNCATE, "_OtsConvertFloatXT", "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_X_T", 0 } }; static GTY(()) struct xfloating_op vax_cvt_ops[] = { { FLOAT_EXTEND, "_OtsConvertFloatGX", "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_G_X", 0 }, { FLOAT_TRUNCATE, "_OtsConvertFloatXG", "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_X_G", 0 } }; static rtx alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (enum rtx_code code) { struct xfloating_op *ops = xfloating_ops; long n = ARRAY_SIZE (xfloating_ops); long i; gcc_assert (TARGET_HAS_XFLOATING_LIBS); /* How irritating. Nothing to key off for the main table. */ if (TARGET_FLOAT_VAX && (code == FLOAT_EXTEND || code == FLOAT_TRUNCATE)) { ops = vax_cvt_ops; n = ARRAY_SIZE (vax_cvt_ops); } for (i = 0; i < n; ++i, ++ops) if (ops->code == code) { rtx func = ops->libcall; if (!func) { func = init_one_libfunc (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS ? ops->vms_func : ops->osf_func); ops->libcall = func; } return func; } gcc_unreachable (); } /* Most X_floating operations take the rounding mode as an argument. Compute that here. */ static int alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (enum rtx_code code, enum alpha_fp_rounding_mode round) { int mode; switch (round) { case ALPHA_FPRM_NORM: mode = 2; break; case ALPHA_FPRM_MINF: mode = 1; break; case ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP: mode = 0; break; case ALPHA_FPRM_DYN: mode = 4; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); /* XXX For reference, round to +inf is mode = 3. */ } if (code == FLOAT_TRUNCATE && alpha_fptm == ALPHA_FPTM_N) mode |= 0x10000; return mode; } /* Emit an X_floating library function call. Note that these functions do not follow normal calling conventions: TFmode arguments are passed in two integer registers (as opposed to indirect); TFmode return values appear in R16+R17. FUNC is the function to call. TARGET is where the output belongs. OPERANDS are the inputs. NOPERANDS is the count of inputs. EQUIV is the expression equivalent for the function. */ static void alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (rtx func, rtx target, rtx operands[], int noperands, rtx equiv) { rtx usage = NULL_RTX, tmp, reg; int regno = 16, i; start_sequence (); for (i = 0; i < noperands; ++i) { switch (GET_MODE (operands[i])) { case TFmode: reg = gen_rtx_REG (TFmode, regno); regno += 2; break; case DFmode: reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, regno + 32); regno += 1; break; case VOIDmode: gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (operands[i])); /* FALLTHRU */ case DImode: reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, regno); regno += 1; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } emit_move_insn (reg, operands[i]); usage = alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), usage); } switch (GET_MODE (target)) { case TFmode: reg = gen_rtx_REG (TFmode, 16); break; case DFmode: reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, 32); break; case DImode: reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 0); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } tmp = gen_rtx_MEM (QImode, func); tmp = emit_call_insn (GEN_CALL_VALUE (reg, tmp, const0_rtx, const0_rtx, const0_rtx)); CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (tmp) = usage; RTL_CONST_CALL_P (tmp) = 1; tmp = get_insns (); end_sequence (); emit_libcall_block (tmp, target, reg, equiv); } /* Emit an X_floating library function call for arithmetic (+,-,*,/). */ void alpha_emit_xfloating_arith (enum rtx_code code, rtx operands[]) { rtx func; int mode; rtx out_operands[3]; func = alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (code); mode = alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (code, alpha_fprm); out_operands[0] = operands[1]; out_operands[1] = operands[2]; out_operands[2] = GEN_INT (mode); alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (func, operands[0], out_operands, 3, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, TFmode, operands[1], operands[2])); } /* Emit an X_floating library function call for a comparison. */ static rtx alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (enum rtx_code *pcode, rtx op0, rtx op1) { enum rtx_code cmp_code, res_code; rtx func, out, operands[2], note; /* X_floating library comparison functions return -1 unordered 0 false 1 true Convert the compare against the raw return value. */ cmp_code = *pcode; switch (cmp_code) { case UNORDERED: cmp_code = EQ; res_code = LT; break; case ORDERED: cmp_code = EQ; res_code = GE; break; case NE: res_code = NE; break; case EQ: case LT: case GT: case LE: case GE: res_code = GT; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } *pcode = res_code; func = alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (cmp_code); operands[0] = op0; operands[1] = op1; out = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); /* What's actually returned is -1,0,1, not a proper boolean value, so use an EXPR_LIST as with a generic libcall instead of a comparison type expression. */ note = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, op1, NULL_RTX); note = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, op0, note); note = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, func, note); alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (func, out, operands, 2, note); return out; } /* Emit an X_floating library function call for a conversion. */ void alpha_emit_xfloating_cvt (enum rtx_code orig_code, rtx operands[]) { int noperands = 1, mode; rtx out_operands[2]; rtx func; enum rtx_code code = orig_code; if (code == UNSIGNED_FIX) code = FIX; func = alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (code); out_operands[0] = operands[1]; switch (code) { case FIX: mode = alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (code, ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP); out_operands[1] = GEN_INT (mode); noperands = 2; break; case FLOAT_TRUNCATE: mode = alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (code, alpha_fprm); out_operands[1] = GEN_INT (mode); noperands = 2; break; default: break; } alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (func, operands[0], out_operands, noperands, gen_rtx_fmt_e (orig_code, GET_MODE (operands[0]), operands[1])); } /* Split a TImode or TFmode move from OP[1] to OP[0] into a pair of DImode moves from OP[2,3] to OP[0,1]. If FIXUP_OVERLAP is true, guarantee that the sequence set (OP[0] OP[2]) set (OP[1] OP[3]) is valid. Naturally, output operand ordering is little-endian. This is used by *movtf_internal and *movti_internal. */ void alpha_split_tmode_pair (rtx operands[4], enum machine_mode mode, bool fixup_overlap) { switch (GET_CODE (operands[1])) { case REG: operands[3] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (operands[1]) + 1); operands[2] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (operands[1])); break; case MEM: operands[3] = adjust_address (operands[1], DImode, 8); operands[2] = adjust_address (operands[1], DImode, 0); break; case CONST_INT: case CONST_DOUBLE: gcc_assert (operands[1] == CONST0_RTX (mode)); operands[2] = operands[3] = const0_rtx; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } switch (GET_CODE (operands[0])) { case REG: operands[1] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (operands[0]) + 1); operands[0] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (operands[0])); break; case MEM: operands[1] = adjust_address (operands[0], DImode, 8); operands[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], DImode, 0); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (fixup_overlap && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[0], operands[3])) { rtx tmp; tmp = operands[0], operands[0] = operands[1], operands[1] = tmp; tmp = operands[2], operands[2] = operands[3], operands[3] = tmp; } } /* Implement negtf2 or abstf2. Op0 is destination, op1 is source, op2 is a register containing the sign bit, operation is the logical operation to be performed. */ void alpha_split_tfmode_frobsign (rtx operands[3], rtx (*operation) (rtx, rtx, rtx)) { rtx high_bit = operands[2]; rtx scratch; int move; alpha_split_tmode_pair (operands, TFmode, false); /* Detect three flavors of operand overlap. */ move = 1; if (rtx_equal_p (operands[0], operands[2])) move = 0; else if (rtx_equal_p (operands[1], operands[2])) { if (rtx_equal_p (operands[0], high_bit)) move = 2; else move = -1; } if (move < 0) emit_move_insn (operands[0], operands[2]); /* ??? If the destination overlaps both source tf and high_bit, then assume source tf is dead in its entirety and use the other half for a scratch register. Otherwise "scratch" is just the proper destination register. */ scratch = operands[move < 2 ? 1 : 3]; emit_insn ((*operation) (scratch, high_bit, operands[3])); if (move > 0) { emit_move_insn (operands[0], operands[2]); if (move > 1) emit_move_insn (operands[1], scratch); } } /* Use ext[wlq][lh] as the Architecture Handbook describes for extracting unaligned data: unsigned: signed: word: ldq_u r1,X(r11) ldq_u r1,X(r11) ldq_u r2,X+1(r11) ldq_u r2,X+1(r11) lda r3,X(r11) lda r3,X+2(r11) extwl r1,r3,r1 extql r1,r3,r1 extwh r2,r3,r2 extqh r2,r3,r2 or r1.r2.r1 or r1,r2,r1 sra r1,48,r1 long: ldq_u r1,X(r11) ldq_u r1,X(r11) ldq_u r2,X+3(r11) ldq_u r2,X+3(r11) lda r3,X(r11) lda r3,X(r11) extll r1,r3,r1 extll r1,r3,r1 extlh r2,r3,r2 extlh r2,r3,r2 or r1.r2.r1 addl r1,r2,r1 quad: ldq_u r1,X(r11) ldq_u r2,X+7(r11) lda r3,X(r11) extql r1,r3,r1 extqh r2,r3,r2 or r1.r2.r1 */ void alpha_expand_unaligned_load (rtx tgt, rtx mem, HOST_WIDE_INT size, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs, int sign) { rtx meml, memh, addr, extl, exth, tmp, mema; enum machine_mode mode; if (TARGET_BWX && size == 2) { meml = adjust_address (mem, QImode, ofs); memh = adjust_address (mem, QImode, ofs+1); if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) tmp = meml, meml = memh, memh = tmp; extl = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); exth = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqidi2 (extl, meml)); emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqidi2 (exth, memh)); exth = expand_simple_binop (DImode, ASHIFT, exth, GEN_INT (8), NULL, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); addr = expand_simple_binop (DImode, IOR, extl, exth, NULL, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); if (sign && GET_MODE (tgt) != HImode) { addr = gen_lowpart (HImode, addr); emit_insn (gen_extend_insn (tgt, addr, GET_MODE (tgt), HImode, 0)); } else { if (GET_MODE (tgt) != DImode) addr = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (tgt), addr); emit_move_insn (tgt, addr); } return; } meml = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); memh = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); addr = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); extl = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); exth = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); mema = XEXP (mem, 0); if (GET_CODE (mema) == LO_SUM) mema = force_reg (Pmode, mema); /* AND addresses cannot be in any alias set, since they may implicitly alias surrounding code. Ideally we'd have some alias set that covered all types except those with alignment 8 or higher. */ tmp = change_address (mem, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, plus_constant (mema, ofs), GEN_INT (-8))); set_mem_alias_set (tmp, 0); emit_move_insn (meml, tmp); tmp = change_address (mem, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, plus_constant (mema, ofs + size - 1), GEN_INT (-8))); set_mem_alias_set (tmp, 0); emit_move_insn (memh, tmp); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && sign && (size == 2 || size == 4)) { emit_move_insn (addr, plus_constant (mema, -1)); emit_insn (gen_extqh_be (extl, meml, addr)); emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (exth, memh, GEN_INT (64), addr)); addr = expand_binop (DImode, ior_optab, extl, exth, tgt, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); addr = expand_binop (DImode, ashr_optab, addr, GEN_INT (64 - size*8), addr, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); } else if (sign && size == 2) { emit_move_insn (addr, plus_constant (mema, ofs+2)); emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (extl, meml, GEN_INT (64), addr)); emit_insn (gen_extqh_le (exth, memh, addr)); /* We must use tgt here for the target. Alpha-vms port fails if we use addr for the target, because addr is marked as a pointer and combine knows that pointers are always sign-extended 32-bit values. */ addr = expand_binop (DImode, ior_optab, extl, exth, tgt, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); addr = expand_binop (DImode, ashr_optab, addr, GEN_INT (48), addr, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); } else { if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { emit_move_insn (addr, plus_constant (mema, ofs+size-1)); switch ((int) size) { case 2: emit_insn (gen_extwh_be (extl, meml, addr)); mode = HImode; break; case 4: emit_insn (gen_extlh_be (extl, meml, addr)); mode = SImode; break; case 8: emit_insn (gen_extqh_be (extl, meml, addr)); mode = DImode; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (exth, memh, GEN_INT (size*8), addr)); } else { emit_move_insn (addr, plus_constant (mema, ofs)); emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (extl, meml, GEN_INT (size*8), addr)); switch ((int) size) { case 2: emit_insn (gen_extwh_le (exth, memh, addr)); mode = HImode; break; case 4: emit_insn (gen_extlh_le (exth, memh, addr)); mode = SImode; break; case 8: emit_insn (gen_extqh_le (exth, memh, addr)); mode = DImode; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } addr = expand_binop (mode, ior_optab, gen_lowpart (mode, extl), gen_lowpart (mode, exth), gen_lowpart (mode, tgt), sign, OPTAB_WIDEN); } if (addr != tgt) emit_move_insn (tgt, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (tgt), addr)); } /* Similarly, use ins and msk instructions to perform unaligned stores. */ void alpha_expand_unaligned_store (rtx dst, rtx src, HOST_WIDE_INT size, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs) { rtx dstl, dsth, addr, insl, insh, meml, memh, dsta; if (TARGET_BWX && size == 2) { if (src != const0_rtx) { dstl = gen_lowpart (QImode, src); dsth = expand_simple_binop (DImode, LSHIFTRT, src, GEN_INT (8), NULL, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); dsth = gen_lowpart (QImode, dsth); } else dstl = dsth = const0_rtx; meml = adjust_address (dst, QImode, ofs); memh = adjust_address (dst, QImode, ofs+1); if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) addr = meml, meml = memh, memh = addr; emit_move_insn (meml, dstl); emit_move_insn (memh, dsth); return; } dstl = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); dsth = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); insl = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); insh = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); dsta = XEXP (dst, 0); if (GET_CODE (dsta) == LO_SUM) dsta = force_reg (Pmode, dsta); /* AND addresses cannot be in any alias set, since they may implicitly alias surrounding code. Ideally we'd have some alias set that covered all types except those with alignment 8 or higher. */ meml = change_address (dst, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, plus_constant (dsta, ofs), GEN_INT (-8))); set_mem_alias_set (meml, 0); memh = change_address (dst, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, plus_constant (dsta, ofs + size - 1), GEN_INT (-8))); set_mem_alias_set (memh, 0); emit_move_insn (dsth, memh); emit_move_insn (dstl, meml); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (dsta, ofs+size-1)); if (src != const0_rtx) { switch ((int) size) { case 2: emit_insn (gen_inswl_be (insh, gen_lowpart (HImode,src), addr)); break; case 4: emit_insn (gen_insll_be (insh, gen_lowpart (SImode,src), addr)); break; case 8: emit_insn (gen_insql_be (insh, gen_lowpart (DImode,src), addr)); break; } emit_insn (gen_insxh (insl, gen_lowpart (DImode, src), GEN_INT (size*8), addr)); } switch ((int) size) { case 2: emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (dsth, dsth, GEN_INT (0xffff), addr)); break; case 4: { rtx msk = immed_double_const (0xffffffff, 0, DImode); emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (dsth, dsth, msk, addr)); break; } case 8: emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (dsth, dsth, constm1_rtx, addr)); break; } emit_insn (gen_mskxh (dstl, dstl, GEN_INT (size*8), addr)); } else { addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (dsta, ofs)); if (src != CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (src))) { emit_insn (gen_insxh (insh, gen_lowpart (DImode, src), GEN_INT (size*8), addr)); switch ((int) size) { case 2: emit_insn (gen_inswl_le (insl, gen_lowpart (HImode, src), addr)); break; case 4: emit_insn (gen_insll_le (insl, gen_lowpart (SImode, src), addr)); break; case 8: emit_insn (gen_insql_le (insl, gen_lowpart (DImode, src), addr)); break; } } emit_insn (gen_mskxh (dsth, dsth, GEN_INT (size*8), addr)); switch ((int) size) { case 2: emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (dstl, dstl, GEN_INT (0xffff), addr)); break; case 4: { rtx msk = immed_double_const (0xffffffff, 0, DImode); emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (dstl, dstl, msk, addr)); break; } case 8: emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (dstl, dstl, constm1_rtx, addr)); break; } } if (src != CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (src))) { dsth = expand_binop (DImode, ior_optab, insh, dsth, dsth, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); dstl = expand_binop (DImode, ior_optab, insl, dstl, dstl, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); } if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { emit_move_insn (meml, dstl); emit_move_insn (memh, dsth); } else { /* Must store high before low for degenerate case of aligned. */ emit_move_insn (memh, dsth); emit_move_insn (meml, dstl); } } /* The block move code tries to maximize speed by separating loads and stores at the expense of register pressure: we load all of the data before we store it back out. There are two secondary effects worth mentioning, that this speeds copying to/from aligned and unaligned buffers, and that it makes the code significantly easier to write. */ #define MAX_MOVE_WORDS 8 /* Load an integral number of consecutive unaligned quadwords. */ static void alpha_expand_unaligned_load_words (rtx *out_regs, rtx smem, HOST_WIDE_INT words, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs) { rtx const im8 = GEN_INT (-8); rtx const i64 = GEN_INT (64); rtx ext_tmps[MAX_MOVE_WORDS], data_regs[MAX_MOVE_WORDS+1]; rtx sreg, areg, tmp, smema; HOST_WIDE_INT i; smema = XEXP (smem, 0); if (GET_CODE (smema) == LO_SUM) smema = force_reg (Pmode, smema); /* Generate all the tmp registers we need. */ for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) { data_regs[i] = out_regs[i]; ext_tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); } data_regs[words] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); if (ofs != 0) smem = adjust_address (smem, GET_MODE (smem), ofs); /* Load up all of the source data. */ for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) { tmp = change_address (smem, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, plus_constant (smema, 8*i), im8)); set_mem_alias_set (tmp, 0); emit_move_insn (data_regs[i], tmp); } tmp = change_address (smem, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, plus_constant (smema, 8*words - 1), im8)); set_mem_alias_set (tmp, 0); emit_move_insn (data_regs[words], tmp); /* Extract the half-word fragments. Unfortunately DEC decided to make extxh with offset zero a noop instead of zeroing the register, so we must take care of that edge condition ourselves with cmov. */ sreg = copy_addr_to_reg (smema); areg = expand_binop (DImode, and_optab, sreg, GEN_INT (7), NULL, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) emit_move_insn (sreg, plus_constant (sreg, 7)); for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) { if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { emit_insn (gen_extqh_be (data_regs[i], data_regs[i], sreg)); emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (ext_tmps[i], data_regs[i+1], i64, sreg)); } else { emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (data_regs[i], data_regs[i], i64, sreg)); emit_insn (gen_extqh_le (ext_tmps[i], data_regs[i+1], sreg)); } emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, ext_tmps[i], gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (DImode, gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, areg, const0_rtx), const0_rtx, ext_tmps[i]))); } /* Merge the half-words into whole words. */ for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) { out_regs[i] = expand_binop (DImode, ior_optab, data_regs[i], ext_tmps[i], data_regs[i], 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); } } /* Store an integral number of consecutive unaligned quadwords. DATA_REGS may be NULL to store zeros. */ static void alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words (rtx *data_regs, rtx dmem, HOST_WIDE_INT words, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs) { rtx const im8 = GEN_INT (-8); rtx const i64 = GEN_INT (64); rtx ins_tmps[MAX_MOVE_WORDS]; rtx st_tmp_1, st_tmp_2, dreg; rtx st_addr_1, st_addr_2, dmema; HOST_WIDE_INT i; dmema = XEXP (dmem, 0); if (GET_CODE (dmema) == LO_SUM) dmema = force_reg (Pmode, dmema); /* Generate all the tmp registers we need. */ if (data_regs != NULL) for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) ins_tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx(DImode); st_tmp_1 = gen_reg_rtx(DImode); st_tmp_2 = gen_reg_rtx(DImode); if (ofs != 0) dmem = adjust_address (dmem, GET_MODE (dmem), ofs); st_addr_2 = change_address (dmem, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, plus_constant (dmema, words*8 - 1), im8)); set_mem_alias_set (st_addr_2, 0); st_addr_1 = change_address (dmem, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, dmema, im8)); set_mem_alias_set (st_addr_1, 0); /* Load up the destination end bits. */ emit_move_insn (st_tmp_2, st_addr_2); emit_move_insn (st_tmp_1, st_addr_1); /* Shift the input data into place. */ dreg = copy_addr_to_reg (dmema); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) emit_move_insn (dreg, plus_constant (dreg, 7)); if (data_regs != NULL) { for (i = words-1; i >= 0; --i) { if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { emit_insn (gen_insql_be (ins_tmps[i], data_regs[i], dreg)); emit_insn (gen_insxh (data_regs[i], data_regs[i], i64, dreg)); } else { emit_insn (gen_insxh (ins_tmps[i], data_regs[i], i64, dreg)); emit_insn (gen_insql_le (data_regs[i], data_regs[i], dreg)); } } for (i = words-1; i > 0; --i) { ins_tmps[i-1] = expand_binop (DImode, ior_optab, data_regs[i], ins_tmps[i-1], ins_tmps[i-1], 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); } } /* Split and merge the ends with the destination data. */ if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (st_tmp_2, st_tmp_2, constm1_rtx, dreg)); emit_insn (gen_mskxh (st_tmp_1, st_tmp_1, i64, dreg)); } else { emit_insn (gen_mskxh (st_tmp_2, st_tmp_2, i64, dreg)); emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (st_tmp_1, st_tmp_1, constm1_rtx, dreg)); } if (data_regs != NULL) { st_tmp_2 = expand_binop (DImode, ior_optab, st_tmp_2, ins_tmps[words-1], st_tmp_2, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); st_tmp_1 = expand_binop (DImode, ior_optab, st_tmp_1, data_regs[0], st_tmp_1, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); } /* Store it all. */ if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) emit_move_insn (st_addr_1, st_tmp_1); else emit_move_insn (st_addr_2, st_tmp_2); for (i = words-1; i > 0; --i) { rtx tmp = change_address (dmem, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, plus_constant(dmema, WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? i*8-1 : i*8), im8)); set_mem_alias_set (tmp, 0); emit_move_insn (tmp, data_regs ? ins_tmps[i-1] : const0_rtx); } if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) emit_move_insn (st_addr_2, st_tmp_2); else emit_move_insn (st_addr_1, st_tmp_1); } /* Expand string/block move operations. operands[0] is the pointer to the destination. operands[1] is the pointer to the source. operands[2] is the number of bytes to move. operands[3] is the alignment. */ int alpha_expand_block_move (rtx operands[]) { rtx bytes_rtx = operands[2]; rtx align_rtx = operands[3]; HOST_WIDE_INT orig_bytes = INTVAL (bytes_rtx); HOST_WIDE_INT bytes = orig_bytes; HOST_WIDE_INT src_align = INTVAL (align_rtx) * BITS_PER_UNIT; HOST_WIDE_INT dst_align = src_align; rtx orig_src = operands[1]; rtx orig_dst = operands[0]; rtx data_regs[2 * MAX_MOVE_WORDS + 16]; rtx tmp; unsigned int i, words, ofs, nregs = 0; if (orig_bytes <= 0) return 1; else if (orig_bytes > MAX_MOVE_WORDS * UNITS_PER_WORD) return 0; /* Look for additional alignment information from recorded register info. */ tmp = XEXP (orig_src, 0); if (REG_P (tmp)) src_align = MAX (src_align, REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (tmp))); else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == PLUS && REG_P (XEXP (tmp, 0)) && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (tmp, 1))) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c = INTVAL (XEXP (tmp, 1)); unsigned int a = REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (XEXP (tmp, 0))); if (a > src_align) { if (a >= 64 && c % 8 == 0) src_align = 64; else if (a >= 32 && c % 4 == 0) src_align = 32; else if (a >= 16 && c % 2 == 0) src_align = 16; } } tmp = XEXP (orig_dst, 0); if (REG_P (tmp)) dst_align = MAX (dst_align, REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (tmp))); else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == PLUS && REG_P (XEXP (tmp, 0)) && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (tmp, 1))) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c = INTVAL (XEXP (tmp, 1)); unsigned int a = REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (XEXP (tmp, 0))); if (a > dst_align) { if (a >= 64 && c % 8 == 0) dst_align = 64; else if (a >= 32 && c % 4 == 0) dst_align = 32; else if (a >= 16 && c % 2 == 0) dst_align = 16; } } ofs = 0; if (src_align >= 64 && bytes >= 8) { words = bytes / 8; for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) data_regs[nregs + i] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) emit_move_insn (data_regs[nregs + i], adjust_address (orig_src, DImode, ofs + i * 8)); nregs += words; bytes -= words * 8; ofs += words * 8; } if (src_align >= 32 && bytes >= 4) { words = bytes / 4; for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) data_regs[nregs + i] = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) emit_move_insn (data_regs[nregs + i], adjust_address (orig_src, SImode, ofs + i * 4)); nregs += words; bytes -= words * 4; ofs += words * 4; } if (bytes >= 8) { words = bytes / 8; for (i = 0; i < words+1; ++i) data_regs[nregs + i] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); alpha_expand_unaligned_load_words (data_regs + nregs, orig_src, words, ofs); nregs += words; bytes -= words * 8; ofs += words * 8; } if (! TARGET_BWX && bytes >= 4) { data_regs[nregs++] = tmp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode); alpha_expand_unaligned_load (tmp, orig_src, 4, ofs, 0); bytes -= 4; ofs += 4; } if (bytes >= 2) { if (src_align >= 16) { do { data_regs[nregs++] = tmp = gen_reg_rtx (HImode); emit_move_insn (tmp, adjust_address (orig_src, HImode, ofs)); bytes -= 2; ofs += 2; } while (bytes >= 2); } else if (! TARGET_BWX) { data_regs[nregs++] = tmp = gen_reg_rtx (HImode); alpha_expand_unaligned_load (tmp, orig_src, 2, ofs, 0); bytes -= 2; ofs += 2; } } while (bytes > 0) { data_regs[nregs++] = tmp = gen_reg_rtx (QImode); emit_move_insn (tmp, adjust_address (orig_src, QImode, ofs)); bytes -= 1; ofs += 1; } gcc_assert (nregs <= ARRAY_SIZE (data_regs)); /* Now save it back out again. */ i = 0, ofs = 0; /* Write out the data in whatever chunks reading the source allowed. */ if (dst_align >= 64) { while (i < nregs && GET_MODE (data_regs[i]) == DImode) { emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, DImode, ofs), data_regs[i]); ofs += 8; i++; } } if (dst_align >= 32) { /* If the source has remaining DImode regs, write them out in two pieces. */ while (i < nregs && GET_MODE (data_regs[i]) == DImode) { tmp = expand_binop (DImode, lshr_optab, data_regs[i], GEN_INT (32), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, SImode, ofs), gen_lowpart (SImode, data_regs[i])); emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, SImode, ofs + 4), gen_lowpart (SImode, tmp)); ofs += 8; i++; } while (i < nregs && GET_MODE (data_regs[i]) == SImode) { emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, SImode, ofs), data_regs[i]); ofs += 4; i++; } } if (i < nregs && GET_MODE (data_regs[i]) == DImode) { /* Write out a remaining block of words using unaligned methods. */ for (words = 1; i + words < nregs; words++) if (GET_MODE (data_regs[i + words]) != DImode) break; if (words == 1) alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst, data_regs[i], 8, ofs); else alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words (data_regs + i, orig_dst, words, ofs); i += words; ofs += words * 8; } /* Due to the above, this won't be aligned. */ /* ??? If we have more than one of these, consider constructing full words in registers and using alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words. */ while (i < nregs && GET_MODE (data_regs[i]) == SImode) { alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst, data_regs[i], 4, ofs); ofs += 4; i++; } if (dst_align >= 16) while (i < nregs && GET_MODE (data_regs[i]) == HImode) { emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, HImode, ofs), data_regs[i]); i++; ofs += 2; } else while (i < nregs && GET_MODE (data_regs[i]) == HImode) { alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst, data_regs[i], 2, ofs); i++; ofs += 2; } /* The remainder must be byte copies. */ while (i < nregs) { gcc_assert (GET_MODE (data_regs[i]) == QImode); emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, QImode, ofs), data_regs[i]); i++; ofs += 1; } return 1; } int alpha_expand_block_clear (rtx operands[]) { rtx bytes_rtx = operands[1]; rtx align_rtx = operands[3]; HOST_WIDE_INT orig_bytes = INTVAL (bytes_rtx); HOST_WIDE_INT bytes = orig_bytes; HOST_WIDE_INT align = INTVAL (align_rtx) * BITS_PER_UNIT; HOST_WIDE_INT alignofs = 0; rtx orig_dst = operands[0]; rtx tmp; int i, words, ofs = 0; if (orig_bytes <= 0) return 1; if (orig_bytes > MAX_MOVE_WORDS * UNITS_PER_WORD) return 0; /* Look for stricter alignment. */ tmp = XEXP (orig_dst, 0); if (REG_P (tmp)) align = MAX (align, REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (tmp))); else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == PLUS && REG_P (XEXP (tmp, 0)) && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (tmp, 1))) { HOST_WIDE_INT c = INTVAL (XEXP (tmp, 1)); int a = REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (XEXP (tmp, 0))); if (a > align) { if (a >= 64) align = a, alignofs = 8 - c % 8; else if (a >= 32) align = a, alignofs = 4 - c % 4; else if (a >= 16) align = a, alignofs = 2 - c % 2; } } /* Handle an unaligned prefix first. */ if (alignofs > 0) { #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64 /* Given that alignofs is bounded by align, the only time BWX could generate three stores is for a 7 byte fill. Prefer two individual stores over a load/mask/store sequence. */ if ((!TARGET_BWX || alignofs == 7) && align >= 32 && !(alignofs == 4 && bytes >= 4)) { enum machine_mode mode = (align >= 64 ? DImode : SImode); int inv_alignofs = (align >= 64 ? 8 : 4) - alignofs; rtx mem, tmp; HOST_WIDE_INT mask; mem = adjust_address (orig_dst, mode, ofs - inv_alignofs); set_mem_alias_set (mem, 0); mask = ~(~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0 << (inv_alignofs * 8)); if (bytes < alignofs) { mask |= ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0 << ((inv_alignofs + bytes) * 8); ofs += bytes; bytes = 0; } else { bytes -= alignofs; ofs += alignofs; } alignofs = 0; tmp = expand_binop (mode, and_optab, mem, GEN_INT (mask), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); emit_move_insn (mem, tmp); } #endif if (TARGET_BWX && (alignofs & 1) && bytes >= 1) { emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, QImode, ofs), const0_rtx); bytes -= 1; ofs += 1; alignofs -= 1; } if (TARGET_BWX && align >= 16 && (alignofs & 3) == 2 && bytes >= 2) { emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, HImode, ofs), const0_rtx); bytes -= 2; ofs += 2; alignofs -= 2; } if (alignofs == 4 && bytes >= 4) { emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, SImode, ofs), const0_rtx); bytes -= 4; ofs += 4; alignofs = 0; } /* If we've not used the extra lead alignment information by now, we won't be able to. Downgrade align to match what's left over. */ if (alignofs > 0) { alignofs = alignofs & -alignofs; align = MIN (align, alignofs * BITS_PER_UNIT); } } /* Handle a block of contiguous long-words. */ if (align >= 64 && bytes >= 8) { words = bytes / 8; for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, DImode, ofs + i * 8), const0_rtx); bytes -= words * 8; ofs += words * 8; } /* If the block is large and appropriately aligned, emit a single store followed by a sequence of stq_u insns. */ if (align >= 32 && bytes > 16) { rtx orig_dsta; emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, SImode, ofs), const0_rtx); bytes -= 4; ofs += 4; orig_dsta = XEXP (orig_dst, 0); if (GET_CODE (orig_dsta) == LO_SUM) orig_dsta = force_reg (Pmode, orig_dsta); words = bytes / 8; for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) { rtx mem = change_address (orig_dst, DImode, gen_rtx_AND (DImode, plus_constant (orig_dsta, ofs + i*8), GEN_INT (-8))); set_mem_alias_set (mem, 0); emit_move_insn (mem, const0_rtx); } /* Depending on the alignment, the first stq_u may have overlapped with the initial stl, which means that the last stq_u didn't write as much as it would appear. Leave those questionable bytes unaccounted for. */ bytes -= words * 8 - 4; ofs += words * 8 - 4; } /* Handle a smaller block of aligned words. */ if ((align >= 64 && bytes == 4) || (align == 32 && bytes >= 4)) { words = bytes / 4; for (i = 0; i < words; ++i) emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, SImode, ofs + i * 4), const0_rtx); bytes -= words * 4; ofs += words * 4; } /* An unaligned block uses stq_u stores for as many as possible. */ if (bytes >= 8) { words = bytes / 8; alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words (NULL, orig_dst, words, ofs); bytes -= words * 8; ofs += words * 8; } /* Next clean up any trailing pieces. */ #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64 /* Count the number of bits in BYTES for which aligned stores could be emitted. */ words = 0; for (i = (TARGET_BWX ? 1 : 4); i * BITS_PER_UNIT <= align ; i <<= 1) if (bytes & i) words += 1; /* If we have appropriate alignment (and it wouldn't take too many instructions otherwise), mask out the bytes we need. */ if (TARGET_BWX ? words > 2 : bytes > 0) { if (align >= 64) { rtx mem, tmp; HOST_WIDE_INT mask; mem = adjust_address (orig_dst, DImode, ofs); set_mem_alias_set (mem, 0); mask = ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0 << (bytes * 8); tmp = expand_binop (DImode, and_optab, mem, GEN_INT (mask), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); emit_move_insn (mem, tmp); return 1; } else if (align >= 32 && bytes < 4) { rtx mem, tmp; HOST_WIDE_INT mask; mem = adjust_address (orig_dst, SImode, ofs); set_mem_alias_set (mem, 0); mask = ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0 << (bytes * 8); tmp = expand_binop (SImode, and_optab, mem, GEN_INT (mask), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); emit_move_insn (mem, tmp); return 1; } } #endif if (!TARGET_BWX && bytes >= 4) { alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst, const0_rtx, 4, ofs); bytes -= 4; ofs += 4; } if (bytes >= 2) { if (align >= 16) { do { emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, HImode, ofs), const0_rtx); bytes -= 2; ofs += 2; } while (bytes >= 2); } else if (! TARGET_BWX) { alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst, const0_rtx, 2, ofs); bytes -= 2; ofs += 2; } } while (bytes > 0) { emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst, QImode, ofs), const0_rtx); bytes -= 1; ofs += 1; } return 1; } /* Returns a mask so that zap(x, value) == x & mask. */ rtx alpha_expand_zap_mask (HOST_WIDE_INT value) { rtx result; int i; if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64) { HOST_WIDE_INT mask = 0; for (i = 7; i >= 0; --i) { mask <<= 8; if (!((value >> i) & 1)) mask |= 0xff; } result = gen_int_mode (mask, DImode); } else { HOST_WIDE_INT mask_lo = 0, mask_hi = 0; gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32); for (i = 7; i >= 4; --i) { mask_hi <<= 8; if (!((value >> i) & 1)) mask_hi |= 0xff; } for (i = 3; i >= 0; --i) { mask_lo <<= 8; if (!((value >> i) & 1)) mask_lo |= 0xff; } result = immed_double_const (mask_lo, mask_hi, DImode); } return result; } void alpha_expand_builtin_vector_binop (rtx (*gen) (rtx, rtx, rtx), enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx op2) { op0 = gen_lowpart (mode, op0); if (op1 == const0_rtx) op1 = CONST0_RTX (mode); else op1 = gen_lowpart (mode, op1); if (op2 == const0_rtx) op2 = CONST0_RTX (mode); else op2 = gen_lowpart (mode, op2); emit_insn ((*gen) (op0, op1, op2)); } /* A subroutine of the atomic operation splitters. Jump to LABEL if COND is true. Mark the jump as unlikely to be taken. */ static void emit_unlikely_jump (rtx cond, rtx label) { rtx very_unlikely = GEN_INT (REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 100 - 1); rtx x; x = gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode, cond, label, pc_rtx); x = emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, pc_rtx, x)); add_reg_note (x, REG_BR_PROB, very_unlikely); } /* A subroutine of the atomic operation splitters. Emit a load-locked instruction in MODE. */ static void emit_load_locked (enum machine_mode mode, rtx reg, rtx mem) { rtx (*fn) (rtx, rtx) = NULL; if (mode == SImode) fn = gen_load_locked_si; else if (mode == DImode) fn = gen_load_locked_di; emit_insn (fn (reg, mem)); } /* A subroutine of the atomic operation splitters. Emit a store-conditional instruction in MODE. */ static void emit_store_conditional (enum machine_mode mode, rtx res, rtx mem, rtx val) { rtx (*fn) (rtx, rtx, rtx) = NULL; if (mode == SImode) fn = gen_store_conditional_si; else if (mode == DImode) fn = gen_store_conditional_di; emit_insn (fn (res, mem, val)); } /* A subroutine of the atomic operation splitters. Emit an insxl instruction in MODE. */ static rtx emit_insxl (enum machine_mode mode, rtx op1, rtx op2) { rtx ret = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); rtx (*fn) (rtx, rtx, rtx); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { if (mode == QImode) fn = gen_insbl_be; else fn = gen_inswl_be; } else { if (mode == QImode) fn = gen_insbl_le; else fn = gen_inswl_le; } /* The insbl and inswl patterns require a register operand. */ op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); emit_insn (fn (ret, op1, op2)); return ret; } /* Expand an atomic fetch-and-operate pattern. CODE is the binary operation to perform. MEM is the memory on which to operate. VAL is the second operand of the binary operator. BEFORE and AFTER are optional locations to return the value of MEM either before of after the operation. SCRATCH is a scratch register. */ void alpha_split_atomic_op (enum rtx_code code, rtx mem, rtx val, rtx before, rtx after, rtx scratch) { enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem); rtx label, x, cond = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (scratch)); emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ()); label = gen_label_rtx (); emit_label (label); label = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode, label); if (before == NULL) before = scratch; emit_load_locked (mode, before, mem); if (code == NOT) { x = gen_rtx_AND (mode, before, val); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, val, x)); x = gen_rtx_NOT (mode, val); } else x = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, before, val); if (after) emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, after, copy_rtx (x))); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, scratch, x)); emit_store_conditional (mode, cond, mem, scratch); x = gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, cond, const0_rtx); emit_unlikely_jump (x, label); emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ()); } /* Expand a compare and swap operation. */ void alpha_split_compare_and_swap (rtx retval, rtx mem, rtx oldval, rtx newval, rtx scratch) { enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem); rtx label1, label2, x, cond = gen_lowpart (DImode, scratch); emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ()); label1 = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode, gen_label_rtx ()); label2 = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode, gen_label_rtx ()); emit_label (XEXP (label1, 0)); emit_load_locked (mode, retval, mem); x = gen_lowpart (DImode, retval); if (oldval == const0_rtx) x = gen_rtx_NE (DImode, x, const0_rtx); else { x = gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, x, oldval); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cond, x)); x = gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, cond, const0_rtx); } emit_unlikely_jump (x, label2); emit_move_insn (scratch, newval); emit_store_conditional (mode, cond, mem, scratch); x = gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, cond, const0_rtx); emit_unlikely_jump (x, label1); emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ()); emit_label (XEXP (label2, 0)); } void alpha_expand_compare_and_swap_12 (rtx dst, rtx mem, rtx oldval, rtx newval) { enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem); rtx addr, align, wdst; rtx (*fn5) (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx); addr = force_reg (DImode, XEXP (mem, 0)); align = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, AND, addr, GEN_INT (-8), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT); oldval = convert_modes (DImode, mode, oldval, 1); newval = emit_insxl (mode, newval, addr); wdst = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); if (mode == QImode) fn5 = gen_sync_compare_and_swapqi_1; else fn5 = gen_sync_compare_and_swaphi_1; emit_insn (fn5 (wdst, addr, oldval, newval, align)); emit_move_insn (dst, gen_lowpart (mode, wdst)); } void alpha_split_compare_and_swap_12 (enum machine_mode mode, rtx dest, rtx addr, rtx oldval, rtx newval, rtx align, rtx scratch, rtx cond) { rtx label1, label2, mem, width, mask, x; mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, align); MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem) = 1; emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ()); label1 = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode, gen_label_rtx ()); label2 = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode, gen_label_rtx ()); emit_label (XEXP (label1, 0)); emit_load_locked (DImode, scratch, mem); width = GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)); mask = GEN_INT (mode == QImode ? 0xff : 0xffff); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (dest, scratch, width, addr)); else emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (dest, scratch, width, addr)); if (oldval == const0_rtx) x = gen_rtx_NE (DImode, dest, const0_rtx); else { x = gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, dest, oldval); emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cond, x)); x = gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, cond, const0_rtx); } emit_unlikely_jump (x, label2); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (scratch, scratch, mask, addr)); else emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (scratch, scratch, mask, addr)); emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (scratch, scratch, newval)); emit_store_conditional (DImode, scratch, mem, scratch); x = gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, scratch, const0_rtx); emit_unlikely_jump (x, label1); emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ()); emit_label (XEXP (label2, 0)); } /* Expand an atomic exchange operation. */ void alpha_split_lock_test_and_set (rtx retval, rtx mem, rtx val, rtx scratch) { enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem); rtx label, x, cond = gen_lowpart (DImode, scratch); label = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode, gen_label_rtx ()); emit_label (XEXP (label, 0)); emit_load_locked (mode, retval, mem); emit_move_insn (scratch, val); emit_store_conditional (mode, cond, mem, scratch); x = gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, cond, const0_rtx); emit_unlikely_jump (x, label); emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ()); } void alpha_expand_lock_test_and_set_12 (rtx dst, rtx mem, rtx val) { enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem); rtx addr, align, wdst; rtx (*fn4) (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx); /* Force the address into a register. */ addr = force_reg (DImode, XEXP (mem, 0)); /* Align it to a multiple of 8. */ align = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, AND, addr, GEN_INT (-8), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT); /* Insert val into the correct byte location within the word. */ val = emit_insxl (mode, val, addr); wdst = gen_reg_rtx (DImode); if (mode == QImode) fn4 = gen_sync_lock_test_and_setqi_1; else fn4 = gen_sync_lock_test_and_sethi_1; emit_insn (fn4 (wdst, addr, val, align)); emit_move_insn (dst, gen_lowpart (mode, wdst)); } void alpha_split_lock_test_and_set_12 (enum machine_mode mode, rtx dest, rtx addr, rtx val, rtx align, rtx scratch) { rtx label, mem, width, mask, x; mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, align); MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem) = 1; label = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode, gen_label_rtx ()); emit_label (XEXP (label, 0)); emit_load_locked (DImode, scratch, mem); width = GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)); mask = GEN_INT (mode == QImode ? 0xff : 0xffff); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (dest, scratch, width, addr)); emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (scratch, scratch, mask, addr)); } else { emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (dest, scratch, width, addr)); emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (scratch, scratch, mask, addr)); } emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (scratch, scratch, val)); emit_store_conditional (DImode, scratch, mem, scratch); x = gen_rtx_EQ (DImode, scratch, const0_rtx); emit_unlikely_jump (x, label); emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ()); } /* Adjust the cost of a scheduling dependency. Return the new cost of a dependency LINK or INSN on DEP_INSN. COST is the current cost. */ static int alpha_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep_insn, int cost) { enum attr_type insn_type, dep_insn_type; /* If the dependence is an anti-dependence, there is no cost. For an output dependence, there is sometimes a cost, but it doesn't seem worth handling those few cases. */ if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) != 0) return cost; /* If we can't recognize the insns, we can't really do anything. */ if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0 || recog_memoized (dep_insn) < 0) return cost; insn_type = get_attr_type (insn); dep_insn_type = get_attr_type (dep_insn); /* Bring in the user-defined memory latency. */ if (dep_insn_type == TYPE_ILD || dep_insn_type == TYPE_FLD || dep_insn_type == TYPE_LDSYM) cost += alpha_memory_latency-1; /* Everything else handled in DFA bypasses now. */ return cost; } /* The number of instructions that can be issued per cycle. */ static int alpha_issue_rate (void) { return (alpha_tune == PROCESSOR_EV4 ? 2 : 4); } /* How many alternative schedules to try. This should be as wide as the scheduling freedom in the DFA, but no wider. Making this value too large results extra work for the scheduler. For EV4, loads can be issued to either IB0 or IB1, thus we have 2 alternative schedules. For EV5, we can choose between E0/E1 and FA/FM. For EV6, an arithmetic insn can be issued to U0/U1/L0/L1. */ static int alpha_multipass_dfa_lookahead (void) { return (alpha_tune == PROCESSOR_EV6 ? 4 : 2); } /* Machine-specific function data. */ struct GTY(()) machine_function { /* For unicosmk. */ /* List of call information words for calls from this function. */ struct rtx_def *first_ciw; struct rtx_def *last_ciw; int ciw_count; /* List of deferred case vectors. */ struct rtx_def *addr_list; /* For OSF. */ const char *some_ld_name; /* For TARGET_LD_BUGGY_LDGP. */ struct rtx_def *gp_save_rtx; /* For VMS condition handlers. */ bool uses_condition_handler; }; /* How to allocate a 'struct machine_function'. */ static struct machine_function * alpha_init_machine_status (void) { return ((struct machine_function *) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct machine_function))); } /* Support for frame based VMS condition handlers. */ /* A VMS condition handler may be established for a function with a call to __builtin_establish_vms_condition_handler, and cancelled with a call to __builtin_revert_vms_condition_handler. The VMS Condition Handling Facility knows about the existence of a handler from the procedure descriptor .handler field. As the VMS native compilers, we store the user specified handler's address at a fixed location in the stack frame and point the procedure descriptor at a common wrapper which fetches the real handler's address and issues an indirect call. The indirection wrapper is "__gcc_shell_handler", provided by libgcc. We force the procedure kind to PT_STACK, and the fixed frame location is fp+8, just before the register save area. We use the handler_data field in the procedure descriptor to state the fp offset at which the installed handler address can be found. */ #define VMS_COND_HANDLER_FP_OFFSET 8 /* Expand code to store the currently installed user VMS condition handler into TARGET and install HANDLER as the new condition handler. */ void alpha_expand_builtin_establish_vms_condition_handler (rtx target, rtx handler) { rtx handler_slot_address = plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, VMS_COND_HANDLER_FP_OFFSET); rtx handler_slot = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, handler_slot_address); emit_move_insn (target, handler_slot); emit_move_insn (handler_slot, handler); /* Notify the start/prologue/epilogue emitters that the condition handler slot is needed. In addition to reserving the slot space, this will force the procedure kind to PT_STACK so ensure that the hard_frame_pointer_rtx use above is correct. */ cfun->machine->uses_condition_handler = true; } /* Expand code to store the current VMS condition handler into TARGET and nullify it. */ void alpha_expand_builtin_revert_vms_condition_handler (rtx target) { /* We implement this by establishing a null condition handler, with the tiny side effect of setting uses_condition_handler. This is a little bit pessimistic if no actual builtin_establish call is ever issued, which is not a real problem and expected never to happen anyway. */ alpha_expand_builtin_establish_vms_condition_handler (target, const0_rtx); } /* Functions to save and restore alpha_return_addr_rtx. */ /* Start the ball rolling with RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */ rtx alpha_return_addr (int count, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { if (count != 0) return const0_rtx; return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode, REG_RA); } /* Return or create a memory slot containing the gp value for the current function. Needed only if TARGET_LD_BUGGY_LDGP. */ rtx alpha_gp_save_rtx (void) { rtx seq, m = cfun->machine->gp_save_rtx; if (m == NULL) { start_sequence (); m = assign_stack_local (DImode, UNITS_PER_WORD, BITS_PER_WORD); m = validize_mem (m); emit_move_insn (m, pic_offset_table_rtx); seq = get_insns (); end_sequence (); /* We used to simply emit the sequence after entry_of_function. However this breaks the CFG if the first instruction in the first block is not the NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK, for example a label. Emit the sequence properly on the edge. We are only invoked from dw2_build_landing_pads and finish_eh_generation will call commit_edge_insertions thanks to a kludge. */ insert_insn_on_edge (seq, single_succ_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)); cfun->machine->gp_save_rtx = m; } return m; } static int alpha_ra_ever_killed (void) { rtx top; if (!has_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode, REG_RA)) return (int)df_regs_ever_live_p (REG_RA); push_topmost_sequence (); top = get_insns (); pop_topmost_sequence (); return reg_set_between_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, REG_RA), top, NULL_RTX); } /* Return the trap mode suffix applicable to the current instruction, or NULL. */ static const char * get_trap_mode_suffix (void) { enum attr_trap_suffix s = get_attr_trap_suffix (current_output_insn); switch (s) { case TRAP_SUFFIX_NONE: return NULL; case TRAP_SUFFIX_SU: if (alpha_fptm >= ALPHA_FPTM_SU) return "su"; return NULL; case TRAP_SUFFIX_SUI: if (alpha_fptm >= ALPHA_FPTM_SUI) return "sui"; return NULL; case TRAP_SUFFIX_V_SV: switch (alpha_fptm) { case ALPHA_FPTM_N: return NULL; case ALPHA_FPTM_U: return "v"; case ALPHA_FPTM_SU: case ALPHA_FPTM_SUI: return "sv"; default: gcc_unreachable (); } case TRAP_SUFFIX_V_SV_SVI: switch (alpha_fptm) { case ALPHA_FPTM_N: return NULL; case ALPHA_FPTM_U: return "v"; case ALPHA_FPTM_SU: return "sv"; case ALPHA_FPTM_SUI: return "svi"; default: gcc_unreachable (); } break; case TRAP_SUFFIX_U_SU_SUI: switch (alpha_fptm) { case ALPHA_FPTM_N: return NULL; case ALPHA_FPTM_U: return "u"; case ALPHA_FPTM_SU: return "su"; case ALPHA_FPTM_SUI: return "sui"; default: gcc_unreachable (); } break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } gcc_unreachable (); } /* Return the rounding mode suffix applicable to the current instruction, or NULL. */ static const char * get_round_mode_suffix (void) { enum attr_round_suffix s = get_attr_round_suffix (current_output_insn); switch (s) { case ROUND_SUFFIX_NONE: return NULL; case ROUND_SUFFIX_NORMAL: switch (alpha_fprm) { case ALPHA_FPRM_NORM: return NULL; case ALPHA_FPRM_MINF: return "m"; case ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP: return "c"; case ALPHA_FPRM_DYN: return "d"; default: gcc_unreachable (); } break; case ROUND_SUFFIX_C: return "c"; default: gcc_unreachable (); } gcc_unreachable (); } /* Locate some local-dynamic symbol still in use by this function so that we can print its name in some movdi_er_tlsldm pattern. */ static int get_some_local_dynamic_name_1 (rtx *px, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { rtx x = *px; if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x) == TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC) { cfun->machine->some_ld_name = XSTR (x, 0); return 1; } return 0; } static const char * get_some_local_dynamic_name (void) { rtx insn; if (cfun->machine->some_ld_name) return cfun->machine->some_ld_name; for (insn = get_insns (); insn ; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) if (INSN_P (insn) && for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), get_some_local_dynamic_name_1, 0)) return cfun->machine->some_ld_name; gcc_unreachable (); } /* Print an operand. Recognize special options, documented below. */ void print_operand (FILE *file, rtx x, int code) { int i; switch (code) { case '~': /* Print the assembler name of the current function. */ assemble_name (file, alpha_fnname); break; case '&': assemble_name (file, get_some_local_dynamic_name ()); break; case '/': { const char *trap = get_trap_mode_suffix (); const char *round = get_round_mode_suffix (); if (trap || round) fprintf (file, (TARGET_AS_SLASH_BEFORE_SUFFIX ? "/%s%s" : "%s%s"), (trap ? trap : ""), (round ? round : "")); break; } case ',': /* Generates single precision instruction suffix. */ fputc ((TARGET_FLOAT_VAX ? 'f' : 's'), file); break; case '-': /* Generates double precision instruction suffix. */ fputc ((TARGET_FLOAT_VAX ? 'g' : 't'), file); break; case '#': if (alpha_this_literal_sequence_number == 0) alpha_this_literal_sequence_number = alpha_next_sequence_number++; fprintf (file, "%d", alpha_this_literal_sequence_number); break; case '*': if (alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number == 0) alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number = alpha_next_sequence_number++; fprintf (file, "%d", alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number); break; case 'H': if (GET_CODE (x) == HIGH) output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 0)); else output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%H value"); break; case 'J': { const char *lituse; if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSGD_CALL) { x = XVECEXP (x, 0, 0); lituse = "lituse_tlsgd"; } else if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSLDM_CALL) { x = XVECEXP (x, 0, 0); lituse = "lituse_tlsldm"; } else if (CONST_INT_P (x)) lituse = "lituse_jsr"; else { output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%J value"); break; } if (x != const0_rtx) fprintf (file, "\t\t!%s!%d", lituse, (int) INTVAL (x)); } break; case 'j': { const char *lituse; #ifdef HAVE_AS_JSRDIRECT_RELOCS lituse = "lituse_jsrdirect"; #else lituse = "lituse_jsr"; #endif gcc_assert (INTVAL (x) != 0); fprintf (file, "\t\t!%s!%d", lituse, (int) INTVAL (x)); } break; case 'r': /* If this operand is the constant zero, write it as "$31". */ if (REG_P (x)) fprintf (file, "%s", reg_names[REGNO (x)]); else if (x == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x))) fprintf (file, "$31"); else output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%r value"); break; case 'R': /* Similar, but for floating-point. */ if (REG_P (x)) fprintf (file, "%s", reg_names[REGNO (x)]); else if (x == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x))) fprintf (file, "$f31"); else output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%R value"); break; case 'N': /* Write the 1's complement of a constant. */ if (!CONST_INT_P (x)) output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%N value"); fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, ~ INTVAL (x)); break; case 'P': /* Write 1 << C, for a constant C. */ if (!CONST_INT_P (x)) output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%P value"); fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << INTVAL (x)); break; case 'h': /* Write the high-order 16 bits of a constant, sign-extended. */ if (!CONST_INT_P (x)) output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%h value"); fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (x) >> 16); break; case 'L': /* Write the low-order 16 bits of a constant, sign-extended. */ if (!CONST_INT_P (x)) output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%L value"); fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, (INTVAL (x) & 0xffff) - 2 * (INTVAL (x) & 0x8000)); break; case 'm': /* Write mask for ZAP insn. */ if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE) { HOST_WIDE_INT mask = 0; HOST_WIDE_INT value; value = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x); for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; i++, value >>= 8) if (value & 0xff) mask |= (1 << i); value = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x); for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; i++, value >>= 8) if (value & 0xff) mask |= (1 << (i + sizeof (int))); fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, mask & 0xff); } else if (CONST_INT_P (x)) { HOST_WIDE_INT mask = 0, value = INTVAL (x); for (i = 0; i < 8; i++, value >>= 8) if (value & 0xff) mask |= (1 << i); fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, mask); } else output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%m value"); break; case 'M': /* 'b', 'w', 'l', or 'q' as the value of the constant. */ if (!CONST_INT_P (x) || (INTVAL (x) != 8 && INTVAL (x) != 16 && INTVAL (x) != 32 && INTVAL (x) != 64)) output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%M value"); fprintf (file, "%s", (INTVAL (x) == 8 ? "b" : INTVAL (x) == 16 ? "w" : INTVAL (x) == 32 ? "l" : "q")); break; case 'U': /* Similar, except do it from the mask. */ if (CONST_INT_P (x)) { HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (x); if (value == 0xff) { fputc ('b', file); break; } if (value == 0xffff) { fputc ('w', file); break; } if (value == 0xffffffff) { fputc ('l', file); break; } if (value == -1) { fputc ('q', file); break; } } else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 && GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) == 0xffffffff && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == 0) { fputc ('l', file); break; } output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%U value"); break; case 's': /* Write the constant value divided by 8 for little-endian mode or (56 - value) / 8 for big-endian mode. */ if (!CONST_INT_P (x) || (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (x) >= (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 56 : 64) || (INTVAL (x) & 7) != 0) output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s value"); fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? (56 - INTVAL (x)) / 8 : INTVAL (x) / 8); break; case 'S': /* Same, except compute (64 - c) / 8 */ if (!CONST_INT_P (x) && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (x) >= 64 && (INTVAL (x) & 7) != 8) output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s value"); fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, (64 - INTVAL (x)) / 8); break; case 't': { /* On Unicos/Mk systems: use a DEX expression if the symbol clashes with a register name. */ int dex = unicosmk_need_dex (x); if (dex) fprintf (file, "DEX(%d)", dex); else output_addr_const (file, x); } break; case 'C': case 'D': case 'c': case 'd': /* Write out comparison name. */ { enum rtx_code c = GET_CODE (x); if (!COMPARISON_P (x)) output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%C value"); else if (code == 'D') c = reverse_condition (c); else if (code == 'c') c = swap_condition (c); else if (code == 'd') c = swap_condition (reverse_condition (c)); if (c == LEU) fprintf (file, "ule"); else if (c == LTU) fprintf (file, "ult"); else if (c == UNORDERED) fprintf (file, "un"); else fprintf (file, "%s", GET_RTX_NAME (c)); } break; case 'E': /* Write the divide or modulus operator. */ switch (GET_CODE (x)) { case DIV: fprintf (file, "div%s", GET_MODE (x) == SImode ? "l" : "q"); break; case UDIV: fprintf (file, "div%su", GET_MODE (x) == SImode ? "l" : "q"); break; case MOD: fprintf (file, "rem%s", GET_MODE (x) == SImode ? "l" : "q"); break; case UMOD: fprintf (file, "rem%su", GET_MODE (x) == SImode ? "l" : "q"); break; default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%E value"); break; } break; case 'A': /* Write "_u" for unaligned access. */ if (MEM_P (x) && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == AND) fprintf (file, "_u"); break; case 0: if (REG_P (x)) fprintf (file, "%s", reg_names[REGNO (x)]); else if (MEM_P (x)) output_address (XEXP (x, 0)); else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == UNSPEC) { switch (XINT (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) { case UNSPEC_DTPREL: case UNSPEC_TPREL: output_addr_const (file, XVECEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0, 0)); break; default: output_operand_lossage ("unknown relocation unspec"); break; } } else output_addr_const (file, x); break; default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%xn code"); } } void print_operand_address (FILE *file, rtx addr) { int basereg = 31; HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; if (GET_CODE (addr) == AND) addr = XEXP (addr, 0); if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (addr, 1))) { offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)); addr = XEXP (addr, 0); } if (GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM) { const char *reloc16, *reloclo; rtx op1 = XEXP (addr, 1); if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (op1, 0)) == UNSPEC) { op1 = XEXP (op1, 0); switch (XINT (op1, 1)) { case UNSPEC_DTPREL: reloc16 = NULL; reloclo = (alpha_tls_size == 16 ? "dtprel" : "dtprello"); break; case UNSPEC_TPREL: reloc16 = NULL; reloclo = (alpha_tls_size == 16 ? "tprel" : "tprello"); break; default: output_operand_lossage ("unknown relocation unspec"); return; } output_addr_const (file, XVECEXP (op1, 0, 0)); } else { reloc16 = "gprel"; reloclo = "gprellow"; output_addr_const (file, op1); } if (offset) fprintf (file, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, offset); addr = XEXP (addr, 0); switch (GET_CODE (addr)) { case REG: basereg = REGNO (addr); break; case SUBREG: basereg = subreg_regno (addr); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } fprintf (file, "($%d)\t\t!%s", basereg, (basereg == 29 ? reloc16 : reloclo)); return; } switch (GET_CODE (addr)) { case REG: basereg = REGNO (addr); break; case SUBREG: basereg = subreg_regno (addr); break; case CONST_INT: offset = INTVAL (addr); break; #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS case SYMBOL_REF: fprintf (file, "%s", XSTR (addr, 0)); return; case CONST: gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF); fprintf (file, "%s+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, XSTR (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 0), 0), INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1))); return; #endif default: gcc_unreachable (); } fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC "($%d)", offset, basereg); } /* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline at M_TRAMP. FNDECL is target function's decl. CHAIN_VALUE is an rtx for the static chain value for the function. */ static void alpha_trampoline_init (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx chain_value) { rtx fnaddr, mem, word1, word2; fnaddr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0); #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED fnaddr = convert_memory_address (Pmode, fnaddr); chain_value = convert_memory_address (Pmode, chain_value); #endif if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { const char *fnname; char *trname; /* Construct the name of the trampoline entry point. */ fnname = XSTR (fnaddr, 0); trname = (char *) alloca (strlen (fnname) + 5); strcpy (trname, fnname); strcat (trname, "..tr"); fnname = ggc_alloc_string (trname, strlen (trname) + 1); word2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fnname); /* Trampoline (or "bounded") procedure descriptor is constructed from the function's procedure descriptor with certain fields zeroed IAW the VMS calling standard. This is stored in the first quadword. */ word1 = force_reg (DImode, gen_const_mem (DImode, fnaddr)); word1 = expand_and (DImode, word1, GEN_INT (0xffff0fff0000fff0), NULL); } else { /* These 4 instructions are: ldq $1,24($27) ldq $27,16($27) jmp $31,($27),0 nop We don't bother setting the HINT field of the jump; the nop is merely there for padding. */ word1 = GEN_INT (0xa77b0010a43b0018); word2 = GEN_INT (0x47ff041f6bfb0000); } /* Store the first two words, as computed above. */ mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, DImode, 0); emit_move_insn (mem, word1); mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, DImode, 8); emit_move_insn (mem, word2); /* Store function address and static chain value. */ mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, Pmode, 16); emit_move_insn (mem, fnaddr); mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, Pmode, 24); emit_move_insn (mem, chain_value); if (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { emit_insn (gen_imb ()); #ifdef ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK emit_library_call (init_one_libfunc ("__enable_execute_stack"), LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, XEXP (m_tramp, 0), Pmode); #endif } } /* Determine where to put an argument to a function. Value is zero to push the argument on the stack, or a hard register in which to store the argument. MODE is the argument's machine mode. TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree). This is null for libcalls where that information may not be available. CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about the preceding args and about the function being called. NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis). On Alpha the first 6 words of args are normally in registers and the rest are pushed. */ rtx function_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS cum, enum machine_mode mode, tree type, int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { int basereg; int num_args; /* Don't get confused and pass small structures in FP registers. */ if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) basereg = 16; else { #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING /* With alpha_split_complex_arg, we shouldn't see any raw complex values here. */ gcc_assert (!COMPLEX_MODE_P (mode)); #endif /* Set up defaults for FP operands passed in FP registers, and integral operands passed in integer registers. */ if (TARGET_FPREGS && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT) basereg = 32 + 16; else basereg = 16; } /* ??? Irritatingly, the definition of CUMULATIVE_ARGS is different for the three platforms, so we can't avoid conditional compilation. */ #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS { if (mode == VOIDmode) return alpha_arg_info_reg_val (cum); num_args = cum.num_args; if (num_args >= 6 || targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack (mode, type)) return NULL_RTX; } #elif TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK { int size; /* If this is the last argument, generate the call info word (CIW). */ /* ??? We don't include the caller's line number in the CIW because I don't know how to determine it if debug infos are turned off. */ if (mode == VOIDmode) { int i; HOST_WIDE_INT lo; HOST_WIDE_INT hi; rtx ciw; lo = 0; for (i = 0; i < cum.num_reg_words && i < 5; i++) if (cum.reg_args_type[i]) lo |= (1 << (7 - i)); if (cum.num_reg_words == 6 && cum.reg_args_type[5]) lo |= 7; else lo |= cum.num_reg_words; #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 hi = (cum.num_args << 20) | cum.num_arg_words; #else lo = lo | ((HOST_WIDE_INT) cum.num_args << 52) | ((HOST_WIDE_INT) cum.num_arg_words << 32); hi = 0; #endif ciw = immed_double_const (lo, hi, DImode); return gen_rtx_UNSPEC (DImode, gen_rtvec (1, ciw), UNSPEC_UMK_LOAD_CIW); } size = ALPHA_ARG_SIZE (mode, type, named); num_args = cum.num_reg_words; if (cum.force_stack || cum.num_reg_words + size > 6 || targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack (mode, type)) return NULL_RTX; else if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode) { rtx reg1, reg2; reg1 = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, num_args + 16); reg1 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (DImode, reg1, const0_rtx); /* The argument fits in two registers. Note that we still need to reserve a register for empty structures. */ if (size == 0) return NULL_RTX; else if (size == 1) return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, gen_rtvec (1, reg1)); else { reg2 = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, num_args + 17); reg2 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (DImode, reg2, GEN_INT (8)); return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, gen_rtvec (2, reg1, reg2)); } } } #elif TARGET_ABI_OSF { if (cum >= 6) return NULL_RTX; num_args = cum; /* VOID is passed as a special flag for "last argument". */ if (type == void_type_node) basereg = 16; else if (targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack (mode, type)) return NULL_RTX; } #else #error Unhandled ABI #endif return gen_rtx_REG (mode, num_args + basereg); } static int alpha_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { int words = 0; #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS if (cum->num_args < 6 && 6 < cum->num_args + ALPHA_ARG_SIZE (mode, type, named)) words = 6 - cum->num_args; #elif TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK /* Never any split arguments. */ #elif TARGET_ABI_OSF if (*cum < 6 && 6 < *cum + ALPHA_ARG_SIZE (mode, type, named)) words = 6 - *cum; #else #error Unhandled ABI #endif return words * UNITS_PER_WORD; } /* Return true if TYPE must be returned in memory, instead of in registers. */ static bool alpha_return_in_memory (const_tree type, const_tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode; int size; if (type) { mode = TYPE_MODE (type); /* All aggregates are returned in memory, except on OpenVMS where records that fit 64 bits should be returned by immediate value as required by section 3.8.7.1 of the OpenVMS Calling Standard. */ if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && TREE_CODE (type) != ARRAY_TYPE && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes(type) <= 8) return false; if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) return true; } size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode)) { case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT: /* Pass all float vectors in memory, like an aggregate. */ return true; case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT: /* We judge complex floats on the size of their element, not the size of the whole type. */ size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode); break; case MODE_INT: case MODE_FLOAT: case MODE_COMPLEX_INT: case MODE_VECTOR_INT: break; default: /* ??? We get called on all sorts of random stuff from aggregate_value_p. We must return something, but it's not clear what's safe to return. Pretend it's a struct I guess. */ return true; } /* Otherwise types must fit in one register. */ return size > UNITS_PER_WORD; } /* Return true if TYPE should be passed by invisible reference. */ static bool alpha_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *ca ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { return mode == TFmode || mode == TCmode; } /* Define how to find the value returned by a function. VALTYPE is the data type of the value (as a tree). If the precise function being called is known, FUNC is its FUNCTION_DECL; otherwise, FUNC is 0. MODE is set instead of VALTYPE for libcalls. On Alpha the value is found in $0 for integer functions and $f0 for floating-point functions. */ rtx function_value (const_tree valtype, const_tree func ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, enum machine_mode mode) { unsigned int regnum, dummy; enum mode_class mclass; gcc_assert (!valtype || !alpha_return_in_memory (valtype, func)); if (valtype) mode = TYPE_MODE (valtype); mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode); switch (mclass) { case MODE_INT: /* Do the same thing as PROMOTE_MODE except for libcalls on VMS, where we have them returning both SImode and DImode. */ if (!(TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && valtype && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (valtype))) PROMOTE_MODE (mode, dummy, valtype); /* FALLTHRU */ case MODE_COMPLEX_INT: case MODE_VECTOR_INT: regnum = 0; break; case MODE_FLOAT: regnum = 32; break; case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT: { enum machine_mode cmode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode); return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec (2, gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_REG (cmode, 32), const0_rtx), gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_REG (cmode, 33), GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (cmode))))); } case MODE_RANDOM: /* We should only reach here for BLKmode on VMS. */ gcc_assert (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && mode == BLKmode); regnum = 0; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regnum); } /* TCmode complex values are passed by invisible reference. We should not split these values. */ static bool alpha_split_complex_arg (const_tree type) { return TYPE_MODE (type) != TCmode; } static tree alpha_build_builtin_va_list (void) { tree base, ofs, space, record, type_decl; if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS || TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) return ptr_type_node; record = (*lang_hooks.types.make_type) (RECORD_TYPE); type_decl = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION, TYPE_DECL, get_identifier ("__va_list_tag"), record); TREE_CHAIN (record) = type_decl; TYPE_NAME (record) = type_decl; /* C++? SET_IS_AGGR_TYPE (record, 1); */ /* Dummy field to prevent alignment warnings. */ space = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION, FIELD_DECL, NULL_TREE, integer_type_node); DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (space) = record; DECL_ARTIFICIAL (space) = 1; DECL_IGNORED_P (space) = 1; ofs = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION, FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__offset"), integer_type_node); DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (ofs) = record; TREE_CHAIN (ofs) = space; /* ??? This is a hack, __offset is marked volatile to prevent DCE that confuses stdarg optimization and results in gcc.c-torture/execute/stdarg-1.c failure. See PR 41089. */ TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (ofs) = 1; base = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION, FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__base"), ptr_type_node); DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (base) = record; TREE_CHAIN (base) = ofs; TYPE_FIELDS (record) = base; layout_type (record); va_list_gpr_counter_field = ofs; return record; } #if TARGET_ABI_OSF /* Helper function for alpha_stdarg_optimize_hook. Skip over casts and constant additions. */ static gimple va_list_skip_additions (tree lhs) { gimple stmt; for (;;) { enum tree_code code; stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (lhs); if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_PHI) return stmt; if (!is_gimple_assign (stmt) || gimple_assign_lhs (stmt) != lhs) return NULL; if (TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt)) != SSA_NAME) return stmt; code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt); if (!CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (code) && ((code != PLUS_EXPR && code != POINTER_PLUS_EXPR) || TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt)) != INTEGER_CST || !host_integerp (gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt), 1))) return stmt; lhs = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt); } } /* Check if LHS = RHS statement is LHS = *(ap.__base + ap.__offset + cst) or LHS = *(ap.__base + ((ap.__offset + cst <= 47) ? ap.__offset + cst - 48 : ap.__offset + cst) + cst2). If the former, indicate that GPR registers are needed, if the latter, indicate that FPR registers are needed. Also look for LHS = (*ptr).field, where ptr is one of the forms listed above. On alpha, cfun->va_list_gpr_size is used as size of the needed regs and cfun->va_list_fpr_size is a bitmask, bit 0 set if GPR registers are needed and bit 1 set if FPR registers are needed. Return true if va_list references should not be scanned for the current statement. */ static bool alpha_stdarg_optimize_hook (struct stdarg_info *si, const_gimple stmt) { tree base, offset, rhs; int offset_arg = 1; gimple base_stmt; if (get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt)) != GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS) return false; rhs = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt); while (handled_component_p (rhs)) rhs = TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0); if (TREE_CODE (rhs) != INDIRECT_REF || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0)) != SSA_NAME) return false; stmt = va_list_skip_additions (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0)); if (stmt == NULL || !is_gimple_assign (stmt) || gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt) != POINTER_PLUS_EXPR) return false; base = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt); if (TREE_CODE (base) == SSA_NAME) { base_stmt = va_list_skip_additions (base); if (base_stmt && is_gimple_assign (base_stmt) && gimple_assign_rhs_code (base_stmt) == COMPONENT_REF) base = gimple_assign_rhs1 (base_stmt); } if (TREE_CODE (base) != COMPONENT_REF || TREE_OPERAND (base, 1) != TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node)) { base = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt); if (TREE_CODE (base) == SSA_NAME) { base_stmt = va_list_skip_additions (base); if (base_stmt && is_gimple_assign (base_stmt) && gimple_assign_rhs_code (base_stmt) == COMPONENT_REF) base = gimple_assign_rhs1 (base_stmt); } if (TREE_CODE (base) != COMPONENT_REF || TREE_OPERAND (base, 1) != TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node)) return false; offset_arg = 0; } base = get_base_address (base); if (TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL || !bitmap_bit_p (si->va_list_vars, DECL_UID (base))) return false; offset = gimple_op (stmt, 1 + offset_arg); if (TREE_CODE (offset) == SSA_NAME) { gimple offset_stmt = va_list_skip_additions (offset); if (offset_stmt && gimple_code (offset_stmt) == GIMPLE_PHI) { HOST_WIDE_INT sub; gimple arg1_stmt, arg2_stmt; tree arg1, arg2; enum tree_code code1, code2; if (gimple_phi_num_args (offset_stmt) != 2) goto escapes; arg1_stmt = va_list_skip_additions (gimple_phi_arg_def (offset_stmt, 0)); arg2_stmt = va_list_skip_additions (gimple_phi_arg_def (offset_stmt, 1)); if (arg1_stmt == NULL || !is_gimple_assign (arg1_stmt) || arg2_stmt == NULL || !is_gimple_assign (arg2_stmt)) goto escapes; code1 = gimple_assign_rhs_code (arg1_stmt); code2 = gimple_assign_rhs_code (arg2_stmt); if (code1 == COMPONENT_REF && (code2 == MINUS_EXPR || code2 == PLUS_EXPR)) /* Do nothing. */; else if (code2 == COMPONENT_REF && (code1 == MINUS_EXPR || code1 == PLUS_EXPR)) { gimple tem = arg1_stmt; code2 = code1; arg1_stmt = arg2_stmt; arg2_stmt = tem; } else goto escapes; if (!host_integerp (gimple_assign_rhs2 (arg2_stmt), 0)) goto escapes; sub = tree_low_cst (gimple_assign_rhs2 (arg2_stmt), 0); if (code2 == MINUS_EXPR) sub = -sub; if (sub < -48 || sub > -32) goto escapes; arg1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (arg1_stmt); arg2 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (arg2_stmt); if (TREE_CODE (arg2) == SSA_NAME) { arg2_stmt = va_list_skip_additions (arg2); if (arg2_stmt == NULL || !is_gimple_assign (arg2_stmt) || gimple_assign_rhs_code (arg2_stmt) != COMPONENT_REF) goto escapes; arg2 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (arg2_stmt); } if (arg1 != arg2) goto escapes; if (TREE_CODE (arg1) != COMPONENT_REF || TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 1) != va_list_gpr_counter_field || get_base_address (arg1) != base) goto escapes; /* Need floating point regs. */ cfun->va_list_fpr_size |= 2; return false; } if (offset_stmt && is_gimple_assign (offset_stmt) && gimple_assign_rhs_code (offset_stmt) == COMPONENT_REF) offset = gimple_assign_rhs1 (offset_stmt); } if (TREE_CODE (offset) != COMPONENT_REF || TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1) != va_list_gpr_counter_field || get_base_address (offset) != base) goto escapes; else /* Need general regs. */ cfun->va_list_fpr_size |= 1; return false; escapes: si->va_list_escapes = true; return false; } #endif /* Perform any needed actions needed for a function that is receiving a variable number of arguments. */ static void alpha_setup_incoming_varargs (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode, tree type, int *pretend_size, int no_rtl) { CUMULATIVE_ARGS cum = *pcum; /* Skip the current argument. */ FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (cum, mode, type, 1); #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK /* On Unicos/Mk, the standard subroutine __T3E_MISMATCH stores all register arguments on the stack. Unfortunately, it doesn't always store the first one (i.e. the one that arrives in $16 or $f16). This is not a problem with stdargs as we always have at least one named argument there. */ if (cum.num_reg_words < 6) { if (!no_rtl) { emit_insn (gen_umk_mismatch_args (GEN_INT (cum.num_reg_words))); emit_insn (gen_arg_home_umk ()); } *pretend_size = 0; } #elif TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS /* For VMS, we allocate space for all 6 arg registers plus a count. However, if NO registers need to be saved, don't allocate any space. This is not only because we won't need the space, but because AP includes the current_pretend_args_size and we don't want to mess up any ap-relative addresses already made. */ if (cum.num_args < 6) { if (!no_rtl) { emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 1), virtual_incoming_args_rtx); emit_insn (gen_arg_home ()); } *pretend_size = 7 * UNITS_PER_WORD; } #else /* On OSF/1 and friends, we allocate space for all 12 arg registers, but only push those that are remaining. However, if NO registers need to be saved, don't allocate any space. This is not only because we won't need the space, but because AP includes the current_pretend_args_size and we don't want to mess up any ap-relative addresses already made. If we are not to use the floating-point registers, save the integer registers where we would put the floating-point registers. This is not the most efficient way to implement varargs with just one register class, but it isn't worth doing anything more efficient in this rare case. */ if (cum >= 6) return; if (!no_rtl) { int count; alias_set_type set = get_varargs_alias_set (); rtx tmp; count = cfun->va_list_gpr_size / UNITS_PER_WORD; if (count > 6 - cum) count = 6 - cum; /* Detect whether integer registers or floating-point registers are needed by the detected va_arg statements. See above for how these values are computed. Note that the "escape" value is VA_LIST_MAX_FPR_SIZE, which is 255, which has both of these bits set. */ gcc_assert ((VA_LIST_MAX_FPR_SIZE & 3) == 3); if (cfun->va_list_fpr_size & 1) { tmp = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, plus_constant (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, (cum + 6) * UNITS_PER_WORD)); MEM_NOTRAP_P (tmp) = 1; set_mem_alias_set (tmp, set); move_block_from_reg (16 + cum, tmp, count); } if (cfun->va_list_fpr_size & 2) { tmp = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, plus_constant (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, cum * UNITS_PER_WORD)); MEM_NOTRAP_P (tmp) = 1; set_mem_alias_set (tmp, set); move_block_from_reg (16 + cum + TARGET_FPREGS*32, tmp, count); } } *pretend_size = 12 * UNITS_PER_WORD; #endif } static void alpha_va_start (tree valist, rtx nextarg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { HOST_WIDE_INT offset; tree t, offset_field, base_field; if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (valist)) == ERROR_MARK) return; if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist, nextarg); /* For Unix, TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS moves the starting address base up by 48, storing fp arg registers in the first 48 bytes, and the integer arg registers in the next 48 bytes. This is only done, however, if any integer registers need to be stored. If no integer registers need be stored, then we must subtract 48 in order to account for the integer arg registers which are counted in argsize above, but which are not actually stored on the stack. Must further be careful here about structures straddling the last integer argument register; that futzes with pretend_args_size, which changes the meaning of AP. */ if (NUM_ARGS < 6) offset = TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS ? UNITS_PER_WORD : 6 * UNITS_PER_WORD; else offset = -6 * UNITS_PER_WORD + crtl->args.pretend_args_size; if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { t = make_tree (ptr_type_node, virtual_incoming_args_rtx); t = build2 (POINTER_PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, t, size_int (offset + NUM_ARGS * UNITS_PER_WORD)); t = build2 (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (valist), valist, t); TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1; expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); } else { base_field = TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (valist)); offset_field = TREE_CHAIN (base_field); base_field = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (base_field), valist, base_field, NULL_TREE); offset_field = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (offset_field), valist, offset_field, NULL_TREE); t = make_tree (ptr_type_node, virtual_incoming_args_rtx); t = build2 (POINTER_PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, t, size_int (offset)); t = build2 (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (base_field), base_field, t); TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1; expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); t = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, NUM_ARGS * UNITS_PER_WORD); t = build2 (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (offset_field), offset_field, t); TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1; expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); } } static tree alpha_gimplify_va_arg_1 (tree type, tree base, tree offset, gimple_seq *pre_p) { tree type_size, ptr_type, addend, t, addr; gimple_seq internal_post; /* If the type could not be passed in registers, skip the block reserved for the registers. */ if (targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack (TYPE_MODE (type), type)) { t = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (offset), 6*8); gimplify_assign (offset, build2 (MAX_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (offset), offset, t), pre_p); } addend = offset; ptr_type = build_pointer_type_for_mode (type, ptr_mode, true); if (TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE) { tree real_part, imag_part, real_temp; real_part = alpha_gimplify_va_arg_1 (TREE_TYPE (type), base, offset, pre_p); /* Copy the value into a new temporary, lest the formal temporary be reused out from under us. */ real_temp = get_initialized_tmp_var (real_part, pre_p, NULL); imag_part = alpha_gimplify_va_arg_1 (TREE_TYPE (type), base, offset, pre_p); return build2 (COMPLEX_EXPR, type, real_temp, imag_part); } else if (TREE_CODE (type) == REAL_TYPE) { tree fpaddend, cond, fourtyeight; fourtyeight = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (addend), 6*8); fpaddend = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (addend), addend, fourtyeight); cond = fold_build2 (LT_EXPR, boolean_type_node, addend, fourtyeight); addend = fold_build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (addend), cond, fpaddend, addend); } /* Build the final address and force that value into a temporary. */ addr = build2 (POINTER_PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type, fold_convert (ptr_type, base), fold_convert (sizetype, addend)); internal_post = NULL; gimplify_expr (&addr, pre_p, &internal_post, is_gimple_val, fb_rvalue); gimple_seq_add_seq (pre_p, internal_post); /* Update the offset field. */ type_size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)); if (type_size == NULL || TREE_OVERFLOW (type_size)) t = size_zero_node; else { t = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, type_size, size_int (7)); t = size_binop (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, t, size_int (8)); t = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, t, size_int (8)); } t = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (offset), t); gimplify_assign (offset, build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (offset), offset, t), pre_p); return build_va_arg_indirect_ref (addr); } static tree alpha_gimplify_va_arg (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p) { tree offset_field, base_field, offset, base, t, r; bool indirect; if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS || TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) return std_gimplify_va_arg_expr (valist, type, pre_p, post_p); base_field = TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node); offset_field = TREE_CHAIN (base_field); base_field = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (base_field), valist, base_field, NULL_TREE); offset_field = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (offset_field), valist, offset_field, NULL_TREE); /* Pull the fields of the structure out into temporaries. Since we never modify the base field, we can use a formal temporary. Sign-extend the offset field so that it's the proper width for pointer arithmetic. */ base = get_formal_tmp_var (base_field, pre_p); t = fold_convert (lang_hooks.types.type_for_size (64, 0), offset_field); offset = get_initialized_tmp_var (t, pre_p, NULL); indirect = pass_by_reference (NULL, TYPE_MODE (type), type, false); if (indirect) type = build_pointer_type_for_mode (type, ptr_mode, true); /* Find the value. Note that this will be a stable indirection, or a composite of stable indirections in the case of complex. */ r = alpha_gimplify_va_arg_1 (type, base, offset, pre_p); /* Stuff the offset temporary back into its field. */ gimplify_assign (unshare_expr (offset_field), fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (offset_field), offset), pre_p); if (indirect) r = build_va_arg_indirect_ref (r); return r; } /* Builtins. */ enum alpha_builtin { ALPHA_BUILTIN_CMPBGE, ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTBL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSBL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKBL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_UMULH, ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAP, ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAPNOT, ALPHA_BUILTIN_AMASK, ALPHA_BUILTIN_IMPLVER, ALPHA_BUILTIN_RPCC, ALPHA_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER, ALPHA_BUILTIN_SET_THREAD_POINTER, ALPHA_BUILTIN_ESTABLISH_VMS_CONDITION_HANDLER, ALPHA_BUILTIN_REVERT_VMS_CONDITION_HANDLER, /* TARGET_MAX */ ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUB8, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSB8, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUW4, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSW4, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUB8, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSB8, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUW4, ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSW4, ALPHA_BUILTIN_PERR, ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKLB, ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKWB, ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBL, ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBW, /* TARGET_CIX */ ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTTZ, ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTLZ, ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTPOP, ALPHA_BUILTIN_max }; static enum insn_code const code_for_builtin[ALPHA_BUILTIN_max] = { CODE_FOR_builtin_cmpbge, CODE_FOR_builtin_extbl, CODE_FOR_builtin_extwl, CODE_FOR_builtin_extll, CODE_FOR_builtin_extql, CODE_FOR_builtin_extwh, CODE_FOR_builtin_extlh, CODE_FOR_builtin_extqh, CODE_FOR_builtin_insbl, CODE_FOR_builtin_inswl, CODE_FOR_builtin_insll, CODE_FOR_builtin_insql, CODE_FOR_builtin_inswh, CODE_FOR_builtin_inslh, CODE_FOR_builtin_insqh, CODE_FOR_builtin_mskbl, CODE_FOR_builtin_mskwl, CODE_FOR_builtin_mskll, CODE_FOR_builtin_mskql, CODE_FOR_builtin_mskwh, CODE_FOR_builtin_msklh, CODE_FOR_builtin_mskqh, CODE_FOR_umuldi3_highpart, CODE_FOR_builtin_zap, CODE_FOR_builtin_zapnot, CODE_FOR_builtin_amask, CODE_FOR_builtin_implver, CODE_FOR_builtin_rpcc, CODE_FOR_load_tp, CODE_FOR_set_tp, CODE_FOR_builtin_establish_vms_condition_handler, CODE_FOR_builtin_revert_vms_condition_handler, /* TARGET_MAX */ CODE_FOR_builtin_minub8, CODE_FOR_builtin_minsb8, CODE_FOR_builtin_minuw4, CODE_FOR_builtin_minsw4, CODE_FOR_builtin_maxub8, CODE_FOR_builtin_maxsb8, CODE_FOR_builtin_maxuw4, CODE_FOR_builtin_maxsw4, CODE_FOR_builtin_perr, CODE_FOR_builtin_pklb, CODE_FOR_builtin_pkwb, CODE_FOR_builtin_unpkbl, CODE_FOR_builtin_unpkbw, /* TARGET_CIX */ CODE_FOR_ctzdi2, CODE_FOR_clzdi2, CODE_FOR_popcountdi2 }; struct alpha_builtin_def { const char *name; enum alpha_builtin code; unsigned int target_mask; bool is_const; }; static struct alpha_builtin_def const zero_arg_builtins[] = { { "__builtin_alpha_implver", ALPHA_BUILTIN_IMPLVER, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_rpcc", ALPHA_BUILTIN_RPCC, 0, false } }; static struct alpha_builtin_def const one_arg_builtins[] = { { "__builtin_alpha_amask", ALPHA_BUILTIN_AMASK, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_pklb", ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKLB, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_pkwb", ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKWB, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_unpkbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBL, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_unpkbw", ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBW, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_cttz", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTTZ, MASK_CIX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_ctlz", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTLZ, MASK_CIX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_ctpop", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTPOP, MASK_CIX, true } }; static struct alpha_builtin_def const two_arg_builtins[] = { { "__builtin_alpha_cmpbge", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CMPBGE, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_extbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTBL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_extwl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_extll", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_extql", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_extwh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_extlh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_extqh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_insbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSBL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_inswl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_insll", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_insql", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_inswh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_inslh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_insqh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_mskbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKBL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_mskwl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_mskll", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_mskql", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQL, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_mskwh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_msklh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_mskqh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_umulh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_UMULH, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_zap", ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAP, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_zapnot", ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAPNOT, 0, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_minub8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUB8, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_minsb8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSB8, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_minuw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUW4, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_minsw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSW4, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_maxub8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUB8, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_maxsb8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSB8, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_maxuw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUW4, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_maxsw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSW4, MASK_MAX, true }, { "__builtin_alpha_perr", ALPHA_BUILTIN_PERR, MASK_MAX, true } }; static GTY(()) tree alpha_v8qi_u; static GTY(()) tree alpha_v8qi_s; static GTY(()) tree alpha_v4hi_u; static GTY(()) tree alpha_v4hi_s; /* Helper function of alpha_init_builtins. Add the COUNT built-in functions pointed to by P, with function type FTYPE. */ static void alpha_add_builtins (const struct alpha_builtin_def *p, size_t count, tree ftype) { tree decl; size_t i; for (i = 0; i < count; ++i, ++p) if ((target_flags & p->target_mask) == p->target_mask) { decl = add_builtin_function (p->name, ftype, p->code, BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL); if (p->is_const) TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1; TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = 1; } } static void alpha_init_builtins (void) { tree dimode_integer_type_node; tree ftype, decl; dimode_integer_type_node = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (DImode, 0); /* Fwrite on VMS is non-standard. */ #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS implicit_built_in_decls[(int) BUILT_IN_FWRITE] = NULL_TREE; implicit_built_in_decls[(int) BUILT_IN_FWRITE_UNLOCKED] = NULL_TREE; #endif ftype = build_function_type (dimode_integer_type_node, void_list_node); alpha_add_builtins (zero_arg_builtins, ARRAY_SIZE (zero_arg_builtins), ftype); ftype = build_function_type_list (dimode_integer_type_node, dimode_integer_type_node, NULL_TREE); alpha_add_builtins (one_arg_builtins, ARRAY_SIZE (one_arg_builtins), ftype); ftype = build_function_type_list (dimode_integer_type_node, dimode_integer_type_node, dimode_integer_type_node, NULL_TREE); alpha_add_builtins (two_arg_builtins, ARRAY_SIZE (two_arg_builtins), ftype); ftype = build_function_type (ptr_type_node, void_list_node); decl = add_builtin_function ("__builtin_thread_pointer", ftype, ALPHA_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER, BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL); TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = 1; ftype = build_function_type_list (void_type_node, ptr_type_node, NULL_TREE); decl = add_builtin_function ("__builtin_set_thread_pointer", ftype, ALPHA_BUILTIN_SET_THREAD_POINTER, BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL); TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = 1; if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { ftype = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node, ptr_type_node, NULL_TREE); add_builtin_function ("__builtin_establish_vms_condition_handler", ftype, ALPHA_BUILTIN_ESTABLISH_VMS_CONDITION_HANDLER, BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL_TREE); ftype = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node, void_type_node, NULL_TREE); add_builtin_function ("__builtin_revert_vms_condition_handler", ftype, ALPHA_BUILTIN_REVERT_VMS_CONDITION_HANDLER, BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL_TREE); } alpha_v8qi_u = build_vector_type (unsigned_intQI_type_node, 8); alpha_v8qi_s = build_vector_type (intQI_type_node, 8); alpha_v4hi_u = build_vector_type (unsigned_intHI_type_node, 4); alpha_v4hi_s = build_vector_type (intHI_type_node, 4); } /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function, with result going to TARGET if that's convenient (and in mode MODE if that's convenient). SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands. IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */ static rtx alpha_expand_builtin (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { #define MAX_ARGS 2 tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (CALL_EXPR_FN (exp), 0); unsigned int fcode = DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl); tree arg; call_expr_arg_iterator iter; enum insn_code icode; rtx op[MAX_ARGS], pat; int arity; bool nonvoid; if (fcode >= ALPHA_BUILTIN_max) internal_error ("bad builtin fcode"); icode = code_for_builtin[fcode]; if (icode == 0) internal_error ("bad builtin fcode"); nonvoid = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl)) != void_type_node; arity = 0; FOR_EACH_CALL_EXPR_ARG (arg, iter, exp) { const struct insn_operand_data *insn_op; if (arg == error_mark_node) return NULL_RTX; if (arity > MAX_ARGS) return NULL_RTX; insn_op = &insn_data[icode].operand[arity + nonvoid]; op[arity] = expand_expr (arg, NULL_RTX, insn_op->mode, EXPAND_NORMAL); if (!(*insn_op->predicate) (op[arity], insn_op->mode)) op[arity] = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_op->mode, op[arity]); arity++; } if (nonvoid) { enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode; if (!target || GET_MODE (target) != tmode || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode)) target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode); } switch (arity) { case 0: pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target); break; case 1: if (nonvoid) pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0]); else pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0]); break; case 2: pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0], op[1]); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (!pat) return NULL_RTX; emit_insn (pat); if (nonvoid) return target; else return const0_rtx; } /* Several bits below assume HWI >= 64 bits. This should be enforced by config.gcc. */ #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT < 64 # error "HOST_WIDE_INT too small" #endif /* Fold the builtin for the CMPBGE instruction. This is a vector comparison with an 8-bit output vector. OPINT contains the integer operands; bit N of OP_CONST is set if OPINT[N] is valid. */ static tree alpha_fold_builtin_cmpbge (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { if (op_const == 3) { int i, val; for (i = 0, val = 0; i < 8; ++i) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c0 = (opint[0] >> (i * 8)) & 0xff; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c1 = (opint[1] >> (i * 8)) & 0xff; if (c0 >= c1) val |= 1 << i; } return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, val); } else if (op_const == 2 && opint[1] == 0) return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, 0xff); return NULL; } /* Fold the builtin for the ZAPNOT instruction. This is essentially a specialized form of an AND operation. Other byte manipulation instructions are defined in terms of this instruction, so this is also used as a subroutine for other builtins. OP contains the tree operands; OPINT contains the extracted integer values. Bit N of OP_CONST it set if OPINT[N] is valid. OP may be null if only OPINT may be considered. */ static tree alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (tree *op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { if (op_const & 2) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask = 0; int i; for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) if ((opint[1] >> i) & 1) mask |= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)0xff << (i * 8); if (op_const & 1) return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, opint[0] & mask); if (op) return fold_build2 (BIT_AND_EXPR, long_integer_type_node, op[0], build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, mask)); } else if ((op_const & 1) && opint[0] == 0) return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, 0); return NULL; } /* Fold the builtins for the EXT family of instructions. */ static tree alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (tree op[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bytemask, bool is_high) { long zap_const = 2; tree *zap_op = NULL; if (op_const & 2) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT loc; loc = opint[1] & 7; if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) loc ^= 7; loc *= 8; if (loc != 0) { if (op_const & 1) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp = opint[0]; if (is_high) temp <<= loc; else temp >>= loc; opint[0] = temp; zap_const = 3; } } else zap_op = op; } opint[1] = bytemask; return alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (zap_op, opint, zap_const); } /* Fold the builtins for the INS family of instructions. */ static tree alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (tree op[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bytemask, bool is_high) { if ((op_const & 1) && opint[0] == 0) return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, 0); if (op_const & 2) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp, loc, byteloc; tree *zap_op = NULL; loc = opint[1] & 7; if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) loc ^= 7; bytemask <<= loc; temp = opint[0]; if (is_high) { byteloc = (64 - (loc * 8)) & 0x3f; if (byteloc == 0) zap_op = op; else temp >>= byteloc; bytemask >>= 8; } else { byteloc = loc * 8; if (byteloc == 0) zap_op = op; else temp <<= byteloc; } opint[0] = temp; opint[1] = bytemask; return alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (zap_op, opint, op_const); } return NULL; } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (tree op[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bytemask, bool is_high) { if (op_const & 2) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT loc; loc = opint[1] & 7; if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) loc ^= 7; bytemask <<= loc; if (is_high) bytemask >>= 8; opint[1] = bytemask ^ 0xff; } return alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (op, opint, op_const); } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_umulh (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { switch (op_const) { case 3: { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l; HOST_WIDE_INT h; mul_double (opint[0], 0, opint[1], 0, &l, &h); #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > 64 # error fixme #endif return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, h); } case 1: opint[1] = opint[0]; /* FALLTHRU */ case 2: /* Note that (X*1) >> 64 == 0. */ if (opint[1] == 0 || opint[1] == 1) return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, 0); break; } return NULL; } static tree alpha_fold_vector_minmax (enum tree_code code, tree op[], tree vtype) { tree op0 = fold_convert (vtype, op[0]); tree op1 = fold_convert (vtype, op[1]); tree val = fold_build2 (code, vtype, op0, op1); return fold_build1 (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR, long_integer_type_node, val); } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_perr (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp = 0; int i; if (op_const != 3) return NULL; for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT a = (opint[0] >> (i * 8)) & 0xff; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT b = (opint[1] >> (i * 8)) & 0xff; if (a >= b) temp += a - b; else temp += b - a; } return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, temp); } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_pklb (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp; if (op_const == 0) return NULL; temp = opint[0] & 0xff; temp |= (opint[0] >> 24) & 0xff00; return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, temp); } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_pkwb (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp; if (op_const == 0) return NULL; temp = opint[0] & 0xff; temp |= (opint[0] >> 8) & 0xff00; temp |= (opint[0] >> 16) & 0xff0000; temp |= (opint[0] >> 24) & 0xff000000; return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, temp); } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_unpkbl (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp; if (op_const == 0) return NULL; temp = opint[0] & 0xff; temp |= (opint[0] & 0xff00) << 24; return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, temp); } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_unpkbw (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp; if (op_const == 0) return NULL; temp = opint[0] & 0xff; temp |= (opint[0] & 0x0000ff00) << 8; temp |= (opint[0] & 0x00ff0000) << 16; temp |= (opint[0] & 0xff000000) << 24; return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, temp); } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_cttz (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp; if (op_const == 0) return NULL; if (opint[0] == 0) temp = 64; else temp = exact_log2 (opint[0] & -opint[0]); return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, temp); } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_ctlz (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp; if (op_const == 0) return NULL; if (opint[0] == 0) temp = 64; else temp = 64 - floor_log2 (opint[0]) - 1; return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, temp); } static tree alpha_fold_builtin_ctpop (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[], long op_const) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp, op; if (op_const == 0) return NULL; op = opint[0]; temp = 0; while (op) temp++, op &= op - 1; return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node, temp); } /* Fold one of our builtin functions. */ static tree alpha_fold_builtin (tree fndecl, tree arglist, bool ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { tree op[MAX_ARGS], t; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint[MAX_ARGS]; long op_const = 0, arity = 0; for (t = arglist; t ; t = TREE_CHAIN (t), ++arity) { tree arg = TREE_VALUE (t); if (arg == error_mark_node) return NULL; if (arity >= MAX_ARGS) return NULL; op[arity] = arg; opint[arity] = 0; if (TREE_CODE (arg) == INTEGER_CST) { op_const |= 1L << arity; opint[arity] = int_cst_value (arg); } } switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) { case ALPHA_BUILTIN_CMPBGE: return alpha_fold_builtin_cmpbge (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTBL: return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x01, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWL: return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x03, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLL: return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x0f, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQL: return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op, opint, op_const, 0xff, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWH: return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x03, true); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLH: return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x0f, true); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQH: return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op, opint, op_const, 0xff, true); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSBL: return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x01, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWL: return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x03, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLL: return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x0f, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQL: return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op, opint, op_const, 0xff, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWH: return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x03, true); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLH: return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x0f, true); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQH: return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op, opint, op_const, 0xff, true); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKBL: return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x01, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWL: return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x03, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLL: return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x0f, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQL: return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op, opint, op_const, 0xff, false); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWH: return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x03, true); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLH: return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op, opint, op_const, 0x0f, true); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQH: return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op, opint, op_const, 0xff, true); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_UMULH: return alpha_fold_builtin_umulh (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAP: opint[1] ^= 0xff; /* FALLTHRU */ case ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAPNOT: return alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (op, opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUB8: return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MIN_EXPR, op, alpha_v8qi_u); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSB8: return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MIN_EXPR, op, alpha_v8qi_s); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUW4: return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MIN_EXPR, op, alpha_v4hi_u); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSW4: return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MIN_EXPR, op, alpha_v4hi_s); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUB8: return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MAX_EXPR, op, alpha_v8qi_u); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSB8: return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MAX_EXPR, op, alpha_v8qi_s); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUW4: return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MAX_EXPR, op, alpha_v4hi_u); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSW4: return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MAX_EXPR, op, alpha_v4hi_s); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_PERR: return alpha_fold_builtin_perr (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKLB: return alpha_fold_builtin_pklb (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKWB: return alpha_fold_builtin_pkwb (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBL: return alpha_fold_builtin_unpkbl (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBW: return alpha_fold_builtin_unpkbw (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTTZ: return alpha_fold_builtin_cttz (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTLZ: return alpha_fold_builtin_ctlz (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTPOP: return alpha_fold_builtin_ctpop (opint, op_const); case ALPHA_BUILTIN_AMASK: case ALPHA_BUILTIN_IMPLVER: case ALPHA_BUILTIN_RPCC: case ALPHA_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER: case ALPHA_BUILTIN_SET_THREAD_POINTER: /* None of these are foldable at compile-time. */ default: return NULL; } } /* This page contains routines that are used to determine what the function prologue and epilogue code will do and write them out. */ /* Compute the size of the save area in the stack. */ /* These variables are used for communication between the following functions. They indicate various things about the current function being compiled that are used to tell what kind of prologue, epilogue and procedure descriptor to generate. */ /* Nonzero if we need a stack procedure. */ enum alpha_procedure_types {PT_NULL = 0, PT_REGISTER = 1, PT_STACK = 2}; static enum alpha_procedure_types alpha_procedure_type; /* Register number (either FP or SP) that is used to unwind the frame. */ static int vms_unwind_regno; /* Register number used to save FP. We need not have one for RA since we don't modify it for register procedures. This is only defined for register frame procedures. */ static int vms_save_fp_regno; /* Register number used to reference objects off our PV. */ static int vms_base_regno; /* Compute register masks for saved registers. */ static void alpha_sa_mask (unsigned long *imaskP, unsigned long *fmaskP) { unsigned long imask = 0; unsigned long fmask = 0; unsigned int i; /* When outputting a thunk, we don't have valid register life info, but assemble_start_function wants to output .frame and .mask directives. */ if (cfun->is_thunk) { *imaskP = 0; *fmaskP = 0; return; } if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) imask |= (1UL << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM); /* One for every register we have to save. */ for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++) if (! fixed_regs[i] && ! call_used_regs[i] && df_regs_ever_live_p (i) && i != REG_RA && (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK || i != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)) { if (i < 32) imask |= (1UL << i); else fmask |= (1UL << (i - 32)); } /* We need to restore these for the handler. */ if (crtl->calls_eh_return) { for (i = 0; ; ++i) { unsigned regno = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i); if (regno == INVALID_REGNUM) break; imask |= 1UL << regno; } } /* If any register spilled, then spill the return address also. */ /* ??? This is required by the Digital stack unwind specification and isn't needed if we're doing Dwarf2 unwinding. */ if (imask || fmask || alpha_ra_ever_killed ()) imask |= (1UL << REG_RA); *imaskP = imask; *fmaskP = fmask; } int alpha_sa_size (void) { unsigned long mask[2]; int sa_size = 0; int i, j; alpha_sa_mask (&mask[0], &mask[1]); if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) { if (mask[0] || mask[1]) sa_size = 14; } else { for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j) for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) if ((mask[j] >> i) & 1) sa_size++; } if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) { /* We might not need to generate a frame if we don't make any calls (including calls to __T3E_MISMATCH if this is a vararg function), don't have any local variables which require stack slots, don't use alloca and have not determined that we need a frame for other reasons. */ alpha_procedure_type = (sa_size || get_frame_size() != 0 || crtl->outgoing_args_size || cfun->stdarg || cfun->calls_alloca || frame_pointer_needed) ? PT_STACK : PT_REGISTER; /* Always reserve space for saving callee-saved registers if we need a frame as required by the calling convention. */ if (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) sa_size = 14; } else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { /* Start with a stack procedure if we make any calls (REG_RA used), or need a frame pointer, with a register procedure if we otherwise need at least a slot, and with a null procedure in other cases. */ if ((mask[0] >> REG_RA) & 1 || frame_pointer_needed) alpha_procedure_type = PT_STACK; else if (get_frame_size() != 0) alpha_procedure_type = PT_REGISTER; else alpha_procedure_type = PT_NULL; /* Don't reserve space for saving FP & RA yet. Do that later after we've made the final decision on stack procedure vs register procedure. */ if (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) sa_size -= 2; /* Decide whether to refer to objects off our PV via FP or PV. If we need FP for something else or if we receive a nonlocal goto (which expects PV to contain the value), we must use PV. Otherwise, start by assuming we can use FP. */ vms_base_regno = (frame_pointer_needed || cfun->has_nonlocal_label || alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK || crtl->outgoing_args_size) ? REG_PV : HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM; /* If we want to copy PV into FP, we need to find some register in which to save FP. */ vms_save_fp_regno = -1; if (vms_base_regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) if (! fixed_regs[i] && call_used_regs[i] && ! df_regs_ever_live_p (i)) vms_save_fp_regno = i; /* A VMS condition handler requires a stack procedure in our implementation. (not required by the calling standard). */ if ((vms_save_fp_regno == -1 && alpha_procedure_type == PT_REGISTER) || cfun->machine->uses_condition_handler) vms_base_regno = REG_PV, alpha_procedure_type = PT_STACK; else if (alpha_procedure_type == PT_NULL) vms_base_regno = REG_PV; /* Stack unwinding should be done via FP unless we use it for PV. */ vms_unwind_regno = (vms_base_regno == REG_PV ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); /* If this is a stack procedure, allow space for saving FP, RA and a condition handler slot if needed. */ if (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) sa_size += 2 + cfun->machine->uses_condition_handler; } else { /* Our size must be even (multiple of 16 bytes). */ if (sa_size & 1) sa_size++; } return sa_size * 8; } /* Define the offset between two registers, one to be eliminated, and the other its replacement, at the start of a routine. */ HOST_WIDE_INT alpha_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from, unsigned int to ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { HOST_WIDE_INT ret; ret = alpha_sa_size (); ret += ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size); switch (from) { case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM: break; case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM: ret += (ALPHA_ROUND (get_frame_size () + crtl->args.pretend_args_size) - crtl->args.pretend_args_size); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } return ret; } #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS /* Worker function for TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE. */ static bool alpha_vms_can_eliminate (const int from ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const int to) { /* We need the alpha_procedure_type to decide. Evaluate it now. */ alpha_sa_size (); switch (alpha_procedure_type) { case PT_NULL: /* NULL procedures have no frame of their own and we only know how to resolve from the current stack pointer. */ return to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM; case PT_REGISTER: case PT_STACK: /* We always eliminate except to the stack pointer if there is no usable frame pointer at hand. */ return (to != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM || vms_unwind_regno != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM); } gcc_unreachable (); } /* FROM is to be eliminated for TO. Return the offset so that TO+offset designates the same location as FROM. */ HOST_WIDE_INT alpha_vms_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from, unsigned int to) { /* The only possible attempts we ever expect are ARG or FRAME_PTR to HARD_FRAME or STACK_PTR. We need the alpha_procedure_type to decide on the proper computations and will need the register save area size in most cases. */ HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size = alpha_sa_size (); /* PT_NULL procedures have no frame of their own and we only allow elimination to the stack pointer. This is the argument pointer and we resolve the soft frame pointer to that as well. */ if (alpha_procedure_type == PT_NULL) return 0; /* For a PT_STACK procedure the frame layout looks as follows -----> decreasing addresses < size rounded up to 16 | likewise > --------------#------------------------------+++--------------+++-------# incoming args # pretended args | "frame" | regs sa | PV | outgoing args # --------------#---------------------------------------------------------# ^ ^ ^ ^ ARG_PTR FRAME_PTR HARD_FRAME_PTR STACK_PTR PT_REGISTER procedures are similar in that they may have a frame of their own. They have no regs-sa/pv/outgoing-args area. We first compute offset to HARD_FRAME_PTR, then add what we need to get to STACK_PTR if need be. */ { HOST_WIDE_INT offset; HOST_WIDE_INT pv_save_size = alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK ? 8 : 0; switch (from) { case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM: offset = ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size + pv_save_size); break; case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM: offset = (ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size + pv_save_size + get_frame_size () + crtl->args.pretend_args_size) - crtl->args.pretend_args_size); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) offset += ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size); return offset; } } #define COMMON_OBJECT "common_object" static tree common_object_handler (tree *node, tree name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bool *no_add_attrs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { tree decl = *node; gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl)); DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1; return NULL_TREE; } static const struct attribute_spec vms_attribute_table[] = { /* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler } */ { COMMON_OBJECT, 0, 1, true, false, false, common_object_handler }, { NULL, 0, 0, false, false, false, NULL } }; void vms_output_aligned_decl_common(FILE *file, tree decl, const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align) { tree attr = DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl); fprintf (file, "%s", COMMON_ASM_OP); assemble_name (file, name); fprintf (file, "," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, size); /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units. */ fprintf (file, ",%u", align / BITS_PER_UNIT); if (attr) { attr = lookup_attribute (COMMON_OBJECT, attr); if (attr) fprintf (file, ",%s", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (TREE_VALUE (attr)))); } fputc ('\n', file); } #undef COMMON_OBJECT #endif static int find_lo_sum_using_gp (rtx *px, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { return GET_CODE (*px) == LO_SUM && XEXP (*px, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx; } int alpha_find_lo_sum_using_gp (rtx insn) { return for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), find_lo_sum_using_gp, NULL) > 0; } static int alpha_does_function_need_gp (void) { rtx insn; /* The GP being variable is an OSF abi thing. */ if (! TARGET_ABI_OSF) return 0; /* We need the gp to load the address of __mcount. */ if (TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP && crtl->profile) return 1; /* The code emitted by alpha_output_mi_thunk_osf uses the gp. */ if (cfun->is_thunk) return 1; /* The nonlocal receiver pattern assumes that the gp is valid for the nested function. Reasonable because it's almost always set correctly already. For the cases where that's wrong, make sure the nested function loads its gp on entry. */ if (crtl->has_nonlocal_goto) return 1; /* If we need a GP (we have a LDSYM insn or a CALL_INSN), load it first. Even if we are a static function, we still need to do this in case our address is taken and passed to something like qsort. */ push_topmost_sequence (); insn = get_insns (); pop_topmost_sequence (); for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn) && ! JUMP_TABLE_DATA_P (insn) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != CLOBBER && get_attr_usegp (insn)) return 1; return 0; } /* Helper function to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on instructions, including sequences. */ static rtx set_frame_related_p (void) { rtx seq = get_insns (); rtx insn; end_sequence (); if (!seq) return NULL_RTX; if (INSN_P (seq)) { insn = seq; while (insn != NULL_RTX) { RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn); } seq = emit_insn (seq); } else { seq = emit_insn (seq); RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (seq) = 1; } return seq; } #define FRP(exp) (start_sequence (), exp, set_frame_related_p ()) /* Generates a store with the proper unwind info attached. VALUE is stored at BASE_REG+BASE_OFS. If FRAME_BIAS is nonzero, then BASE_REG contains SP+FRAME_BIAS, and that is the unwind info that should be generated. If FRAME_REG != VALUE, then VALUE is being stored on behalf of FRAME_REG, and FRAME_REG should be present in the unwind. */ static void emit_frame_store_1 (rtx value, rtx base_reg, HOST_WIDE_INT frame_bias, HOST_WIDE_INT base_ofs, rtx frame_reg) { rtx addr, mem, insn; addr = plus_constant (base_reg, base_ofs); mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, addr); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); insn = emit_move_insn (mem, value); RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1; if (frame_bias || value != frame_reg) { if (frame_bias) { addr = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, frame_bias + base_ofs); mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, addr); } add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem, frame_reg)); } } static void emit_frame_store (unsigned int regno, rtx base_reg, HOST_WIDE_INT frame_bias, HOST_WIDE_INT base_ofs) { rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, regno); emit_frame_store_1 (reg, base_reg, frame_bias, base_ofs, reg); } /* Write function prologue. */ /* On vms we have two kinds of functions: - stack frame (PROC_STACK) these are 'normal' functions with local vars and which are calling other functions - register frame (PROC_REGISTER) keeps all data in registers, needs no stack We must pass this to the assembler so it can generate the proper pdsc (procedure descriptor) This is done with the '.pdesc' command. On not-vms, we don't really differentiate between the two, as we can simply allocate stack without saving registers. */ void alpha_expand_prologue (void) { /* Registers to save. */ unsigned long imask = 0; unsigned long fmask = 0; /* Stack space needed for pushing registers clobbered by us. */ HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size; /* Complete stack size needed. */ HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size; /* Offset from base reg to register save area. */ HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset; rtx sa_reg; int i; sa_size = alpha_sa_size (); frame_size = get_frame_size (); if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) frame_size = ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size + (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK ? 8 : 0) + frame_size + crtl->args.pretend_args_size); else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) /* We have to allocate space for the DSIB if we generate a frame. */ frame_size = ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size + (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK ? 48 : 0)) + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size + crtl->outgoing_args_size); else frame_size = (ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size) + sa_size + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size + crtl->args.pretend_args_size)); if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) reg_offset = 8 + 8 * cfun->machine->uses_condition_handler; else reg_offset = ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size); alpha_sa_mask (&imask, &fmask); /* Emit an insn to reload GP, if needed. */ if (TARGET_ABI_OSF) { alpha_function_needs_gp = alpha_does_function_need_gp (); if (alpha_function_needs_gp) emit_insn (gen_prologue_ldgp ()); } /* TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP actually implies that we need to insert the call to mcount ourselves, rather than having the linker do it magically in response to -pg. Since _mcount has special linkage, don't represent the call as a call. */ if (TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP && crtl->profile) emit_insn (gen_prologue_mcount ()); if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) unicosmk_gen_dsib (&imask); /* Adjust the stack by the frame size. If the frame size is > 4096 bytes, we need to be sure we probe somewhere in the first and last 4096 bytes (we can probably get away without the latter test) and every 8192 bytes in between. If the frame size is > 32768, we do this in a loop. Otherwise, we generate the explicit probe instructions. Note that we are only allowed to adjust sp once in the prologue. */ if (frame_size <= 32768) { if (frame_size > 4096) { int probed; for (probed = 4096; probed < frame_size; probed += 8192) emit_insn (gen_probe_stack (GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK ? -probed + 64 : -probed))); /* We only have to do this probe if we aren't saving registers. */ if (sa_size == 0 && frame_size > probed - 4096) emit_insn (gen_probe_stack (GEN_INT (-frame_size))); } if (frame_size != 0) FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK ? -frame_size + 64 : -frame_size)))); } else { /* Here we generate code to set R22 to SP + 4096 and set R23 to the number of 8192 byte blocks to probe. We then probe each block in the loop and then set SP to the proper location. If the amount remaining is > 4096, we have to do one more probe if we are not saving any registers. */ HOST_WIDE_INT blocks = (frame_size + 4096) / 8192; HOST_WIDE_INT leftover = frame_size + 4096 - blocks * 8192; rtx ptr = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 22); rtx count = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 23); rtx seq; emit_move_insn (count, GEN_INT (blocks)); emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (ptr, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK ? 4096 - 64 : 4096))); /* Because of the difficulty in emitting a new basic block this late in the compilation, generate the loop as a single insn. */ emit_insn (gen_prologue_stack_probe_loop (count, ptr)); if (leftover > 4096 && sa_size == 0) { rtx last = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (ptr, -leftover)); MEM_VOLATILE_P (last) = 1; emit_move_insn (last, const0_rtx); } if (TARGET_ABI_WINDOWS_NT) { /* For NT stack unwind (done by 'reverse execution'), it's not OK to take the result of a loop, even though the value is already in ptr, so we reload it via a single operation and subtract it to sp. Yes, that's correct -- we have to reload the whole constant into a temporary via ldah+lda then subtract from sp. */ HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi; lo = ((frame_size & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; hi = frame_size - lo; emit_move_insn (ptr, GEN_INT (hi)); emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (ptr, ptr, GEN_INT (lo))); seq = emit_insn (gen_subdi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx, ptr)); } else { seq = emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, ptr, GEN_INT (-leftover))); } /* This alternative is special, because the DWARF code cannot possibly intuit through the loop above. So we invent this note it looks at instead. */ RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (seq) = 1; add_reg_note (seq, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK ? -frame_size + 64 : -frame_size)))); } if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) { HOST_WIDE_INT sa_bias = 0; /* Cope with very large offsets to the register save area. */ sa_reg = stack_pointer_rtx; if (reg_offset + sa_size > 0x8000) { int low = ((reg_offset & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; rtx sa_bias_rtx; if (low + sa_size <= 0x8000) sa_bias = reg_offset - low, reg_offset = low; else sa_bias = reg_offset, reg_offset = 0; sa_reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 24); sa_bias_rtx = GEN_INT (sa_bias); if (add_operand (sa_bias_rtx, DImode)) emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (sa_reg, stack_pointer_rtx, sa_bias_rtx)); else { emit_move_insn (sa_reg, sa_bias_rtx); emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (sa_reg, stack_pointer_rtx, sa_reg)); } } /* Save regs in stack order. Beginning with VMS PV. */ if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) emit_frame_store (REG_PV, stack_pointer_rtx, 0, 0); /* Save register RA next. */ if (imask & (1UL << REG_RA)) { emit_frame_store (REG_RA, sa_reg, sa_bias, reg_offset); imask &= ~(1UL << REG_RA); reg_offset += 8; } /* Now save any other registers required to be saved. */ for (i = 0; i < 31; i++) if (imask & (1UL << i)) { emit_frame_store (i, sa_reg, sa_bias, reg_offset); reg_offset += 8; } for (i = 0; i < 31; i++) if (fmask & (1UL << i)) { emit_frame_store (i+32, sa_reg, sa_bias, reg_offset); reg_offset += 8; } } else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) { /* The standard frame on the T3E includes space for saving registers. We just have to use it. We don't have to save the return address and the old frame pointer here - they are saved in the DSIB. */ reg_offset = -56; for (i = 9; i < 15; i++) if (imask & (1UL << i)) { emit_frame_store (i, hard_frame_pointer_rtx, 0, reg_offset); reg_offset -= 8; } for (i = 2; i < 10; i++) if (fmask & (1UL << i)) { emit_frame_store (i+32, hard_frame_pointer_rtx, 0, reg_offset); reg_offset -= 8; } } if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { /* Register frame procedures save the fp. */ if (alpha_procedure_type == PT_REGISTER) { rtx insn = emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode, vms_save_fp_regno), hard_frame_pointer_rtx); add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_REGISTER, NULL); RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1; } if (alpha_procedure_type != PT_NULL && vms_base_regno != REG_PV) emit_insn (gen_force_movdi (gen_rtx_REG (DImode, vms_base_regno), gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REG_PV))); if (alpha_procedure_type != PT_NULL && vms_unwind_regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx)); /* If we have to allocate space for outgoing args, do it now. */ if (crtl->outgoing_args_size != 0) { rtx seq = emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, - (ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size)))); /* Only set FRAME_RELATED_P on the stack adjustment we just emitted if ! frame_pointer_needed. Setting the bit will change the CFA computation rule to use sp again, which would be wrong if we had frame_pointer_needed, as this means sp might move unpredictably later on. Also, note that frame_pointer_needed => vms_unwind_regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM and crtl->outgoing_args_size != 0 => alpha_procedure_type != PT_NULL, so when we are not setting the bit here, we are guaranteed to have emitted an FRP frame pointer update just before. */ RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (seq) = ! frame_pointer_needed; } } else if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) { /* If we need a frame pointer, set it from the stack pointer. */ if (frame_pointer_needed) { if (TARGET_CAN_FAULT_IN_PROLOGUE) FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx)); else /* This must always be the last instruction in the prologue, thus we emit a special move + clobber. */ FRP (emit_insn (gen_init_fp (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx, sa_reg))); } } /* The ABIs for VMS and OSF/1 say that while we can schedule insns into the prologue, for exception handling reasons, we cannot do this for any insn that might fault. We could prevent this for mems with a (clobber:BLK (scratch)), but this doesn't work for fp insns. So we have to prevent all such scheduling with a blockage. Linux, on the other hand, never bothered to implement OSF/1's exception handling, and so doesn't care about such things. Anyone planning to use dwarf2 frame-unwind info can also omit the blockage. */ if (! TARGET_CAN_FAULT_IN_PROLOGUE) emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); } /* Count the number of .file directives, so that .loc is up to date. */ int num_source_filenames = 0; /* Output the textual info surrounding the prologue. */ void alpha_start_function (FILE *file, const char *fnname, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { unsigned long imask = 0; unsigned long fmask = 0; /* Stack space needed for pushing registers clobbered by us. */ HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size; /* Complete stack size needed. */ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size; /* The maximum debuggable frame size (512 Kbytes using Tru64 as). */ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_frame_size = TARGET_ABI_OSF && !TARGET_GAS ? 524288 : 1UL << 31; /* Offset from base reg to register save area. */ HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset; char *entry_label = (char *) alloca (strlen (fnname) + 6); char *tramp_label = (char *) alloca (strlen (fnname) + 6); int i; /* Don't emit an extern directive for functions defined in the same file. */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) { tree name_tree; name_tree = get_identifier (fnname); TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree) = 1; } #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS if (vms_debug_main && strncmp (vms_debug_main, fnname, strlen (vms_debug_main)) == 0) { targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER); ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER, fnname); switch_to_section (text_section); vms_debug_main = NULL; } #endif alpha_fnname = fnname; sa_size = alpha_sa_size (); frame_size = get_frame_size (); if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) frame_size = ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size + (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK ? 8 : 0) + frame_size + crtl->args.pretend_args_size); else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) frame_size = ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size + (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK ? 48 : 0)) + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size + crtl->outgoing_args_size); else frame_size = (ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size) + sa_size + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size + crtl->args.pretend_args_size)); if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) reg_offset = 8 + 8 * cfun->machine->uses_condition_handler; else reg_offset = ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size); alpha_sa_mask (&imask, &fmask); /* Ecoff can handle multiple .file directives, so put out file and lineno. We have to do that before the .ent directive as we cannot switch files within procedures with native ecoff because line numbers are linked to procedure descriptors. Outputting the lineno helps debugging of one line functions as they would otherwise get no line number at all. Please note that we would like to put out last_linenum from final.c, but it is not accessible. */ if (write_symbols == SDB_DEBUG) { #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, DECL_SOURCE_FILE (current_function_decl)); #endif #ifdef SDB_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE if (debug_info_level != DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) SDB_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (file, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (current_function_decl)); #endif } /* Issue function start and label. */ if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS || (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && !flag_inhibit_size_directive)) { fputs ("\t.ent ", file); assemble_name (file, fnname); putc ('\n', file); /* If the function needs GP, we'll write the "..ng" label there. Otherwise, do it here. */ if (TARGET_ABI_OSF && ! alpha_function_needs_gp && ! cfun->is_thunk) { putc ('$', file); assemble_name (file, fnname); fputs ("..ng:\n", file); } } /* Nested functions on VMS that are potentially called via trampoline get a special transfer entry point that loads the called functions procedure descriptor and static chain. */ if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && !TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && !TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) { strcpy (tramp_label, fnname); strcat (tramp_label, "..tr"); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, tramp_label); fprintf (file, "\tldq $1,24($27)\n"); fprintf (file, "\tldq $27,16($27)\n"); } strcpy (entry_label, fnname); if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) strcat (entry_label, "..en"); /* For public functions, the label must be globalized by appending an additional colon. */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) strcat (entry_label, ":"); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, entry_label); inside_function = TRUE; if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) fprintf (file, "\t.base $%d\n", vms_base_regno); if (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && !TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && TARGET_IEEE_CONFORMANT && !flag_inhibit_size_directive) { /* Set flags in procedure descriptor to request IEEE-conformant math-library routines. The value we set it to is PDSC_EXC_IEEE (/usr/include/pdsc.h). */ fputs ("\t.eflag 48\n", file); } /* Set up offsets to alpha virtual arg/local debugging pointer. */ alpha_auto_offset = -frame_size + crtl->args.pretend_args_size; alpha_arg_offset = -frame_size + 48; /* Describe our frame. If the frame size is larger than an integer, print it as zero to avoid an assembler error. We won't be properly describing such a frame, but that's the best we can do. */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) ; else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) fprintf (file, "\t.frame $%d," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC ",$26," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC "\n", vms_unwind_regno, frame_size >= (1UL << 31) ? 0 : frame_size, reg_offset); else if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive) fprintf (file, "\t.frame $%d," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC ",$26,%d\n", (frame_pointer_needed ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM), frame_size >= max_frame_size ? 0 : frame_size, crtl->args.pretend_args_size); /* Describe which registers were spilled. */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) ; else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { if (imask) /* ??? Does VMS care if mask contains ra? The old code didn't set it, so I don't here. */ fprintf (file, "\t.mask 0x%lx,0\n", imask & ~(1UL << REG_RA)); if (fmask) fprintf (file, "\t.fmask 0x%lx,0\n", fmask); if (alpha_procedure_type == PT_REGISTER) fprintf (file, "\t.fp_save $%d\n", vms_save_fp_regno); } else if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive) { if (imask) { fprintf (file, "\t.mask 0x%lx," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC "\n", imask, frame_size >= max_frame_size ? 0 : reg_offset - frame_size); for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) if (imask & (1UL << i)) reg_offset += 8; } if (fmask) fprintf (file, "\t.fmask 0x%lx," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC "\n", fmask, frame_size >= max_frame_size ? 0 : reg_offset - frame_size); } #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS /* If a user condition handler has been installed at some point, emit the procedure descriptor bits to point the Condition Handling Facility at the indirection wrapper, and state the fp offset at which the user handler may be found. */ if (cfun->machine->uses_condition_handler) { fprintf (file, "\t.handler __gcc_shell_handler\n"); fprintf (file, "\t.handler_data %d\n", VMS_COND_HANDLER_FP_OFFSET); } /* Ifdef'ed cause link_section are only available then. */ switch_to_section (readonly_data_section); fprintf (file, "\t.align 3\n"); assemble_name (file, fnname); fputs ("..na:\n", file); fputs ("\t.ascii \"", file); assemble_name (file, fnname); fputs ("\\0\"\n", file); alpha_need_linkage (fnname, 1); switch_to_section (text_section); #endif } /* Emit the .prologue note at the scheduled end of the prologue. */ static void alpha_output_function_end_prologue (FILE *file) { if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) ; else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) fputs ("\t.prologue\n", file); else if (TARGET_ABI_WINDOWS_NT) fputs ("\t.prologue 0\n", file); else if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive) fprintf (file, "\t.prologue %d\n", alpha_function_needs_gp || cfun->is_thunk); } /* Write function epilogue. */ void alpha_expand_epilogue (void) { /* Registers to save. */ unsigned long imask = 0; unsigned long fmask = 0; /* Stack space needed for pushing registers clobbered by us. */ HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size; /* Complete stack size needed. */ HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size; /* Offset from base reg to register save area. */ HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset; int fp_is_frame_pointer, fp_offset; rtx sa_reg, sa_reg_exp = NULL; rtx sp_adj1, sp_adj2, mem, reg, insn; rtx eh_ofs; rtx cfa_restores = NULL_RTX; int i; sa_size = alpha_sa_size (); frame_size = get_frame_size (); if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) frame_size = ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size + (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK ? 8 : 0) + frame_size + crtl->args.pretend_args_size); else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) frame_size = ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size + (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK ? 48 : 0)) + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size + crtl->outgoing_args_size); else frame_size = (ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size) + sa_size + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size + crtl->args.pretend_args_size)); if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { if (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) reg_offset = 8 + 8 * cfun->machine->uses_condition_handler; else reg_offset = 0; } else reg_offset = ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size); alpha_sa_mask (&imask, &fmask); fp_is_frame_pointer = ((TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) || (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && frame_pointer_needed)); fp_offset = 0; sa_reg = stack_pointer_rtx; if (crtl->calls_eh_return) eh_ofs = EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX; else eh_ofs = NULL_RTX; if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && sa_size) { /* If we have a frame pointer, restore SP from it. */ if ((TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && vms_unwind_regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) || (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && frame_pointer_needed)) emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx); /* Cope with very large offsets to the register save area. */ if (reg_offset + sa_size > 0x8000) { int low = ((reg_offset & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; HOST_WIDE_INT bias; if (low + sa_size <= 0x8000) bias = reg_offset - low, reg_offset = low; else bias = reg_offset, reg_offset = 0; sa_reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 22); sa_reg_exp = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, bias); emit_move_insn (sa_reg, sa_reg_exp); } /* Restore registers in order, excepting a true frame pointer. */ mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (sa_reg, reg_offset)); if (! eh_ofs) set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REG_RA); emit_move_insn (reg, mem); cfa_restores = alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE, reg, cfa_restores); reg_offset += 8; imask &= ~(1UL << REG_RA); for (i = 0; i < 31; ++i) if (imask & (1UL << i)) { if (i == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && fp_is_frame_pointer) fp_offset = reg_offset; else { mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant(sa_reg, reg_offset)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, i); emit_move_insn (reg, mem); cfa_restores = alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE, reg, cfa_restores); } reg_offset += 8; } for (i = 0; i < 31; ++i) if (fmask & (1UL << i)) { mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode, plus_constant(sa_reg, reg_offset)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, i+32); emit_move_insn (reg, mem); cfa_restores = alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE, reg, cfa_restores); reg_offset += 8; } } else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) { /* Restore callee-saved general-purpose registers. */ reg_offset = -56; for (i = 9; i < 15; i++) if (imask & (1UL << i)) { mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx, reg_offset)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, i); emit_move_insn (reg, mem); cfa_restores = alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE, reg, cfa_restores); reg_offset -= 8; } for (i = 2; i < 10; i++) if (fmask & (1UL << i)) { mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode, plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx, reg_offset)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, i+32); emit_move_insn (reg, mem); cfa_restores = alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE, reg, cfa_restores); reg_offset -= 8; } /* Restore the return address from the DSIB. */ mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, -8)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REG_RA); emit_move_insn (reg, mem); cfa_restores = alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE, reg, cfa_restores); } if (frame_size || eh_ofs) { sp_adj1 = stack_pointer_rtx; if (eh_ofs) { sp_adj1 = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 23); emit_move_insn (sp_adj1, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, eh_ofs)); } /* If the stack size is large, begin computation into a temporary register so as not to interfere with a potential fp restore, which must be consecutive with an SP restore. */ if (frame_size < 32768 && ! (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && cfun->calls_alloca)) sp_adj2 = GEN_INT (frame_size); else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) { sp_adj1 = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 23); emit_move_insn (sp_adj1, hard_frame_pointer_rtx); sp_adj2 = const0_rtx; } else if (frame_size < 0x40007fffL) { int low = ((frame_size & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; sp_adj2 = plus_constant (sp_adj1, frame_size - low); if (sa_reg_exp && rtx_equal_p (sa_reg_exp, sp_adj2)) sp_adj1 = sa_reg; else { sp_adj1 = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 23); emit_move_insn (sp_adj1, sp_adj2); } sp_adj2 = GEN_INT (low); } else { rtx tmp = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 23); sp_adj2 = alpha_emit_set_const (tmp, DImode, frame_size, 3, false); if (!sp_adj2) { /* We can't drop new things to memory this late, afaik, so build it up by pieces. */ sp_adj2 = alpha_emit_set_long_const (tmp, frame_size, -(frame_size < 0)); gcc_assert (sp_adj2); } } /* From now on, things must be in order. So emit blockages. */ /* Restore the frame pointer. */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) { emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, -16)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, mem); cfa_restores = alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE, hard_frame_pointer_rtx, cfa_restores); } else if (fp_is_frame_pointer) { emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (sa_reg, fp_offset)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, mem); cfa_restores = alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE, hard_frame_pointer_rtx, cfa_restores); } else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, gen_rtx_REG (DImode, vms_save_fp_regno)); cfa_restores = alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE, hard_frame_pointer_rtx, cfa_restores); } /* Restore the stack pointer. */ emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); if (sp_adj2 == const0_rtx) insn = emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, sp_adj1); else insn = emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, sp_adj1, sp_adj2)); REG_NOTES (insn) = cfa_restores; add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_DEF_CFA, stack_pointer_rtx); RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1; } else { gcc_assert (cfa_restores == NULL); if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && alpha_procedure_type == PT_REGISTER) { emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); insn = emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, gen_rtx_REG (DImode, vms_save_fp_regno)); add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_RESTORE, hard_frame_pointer_rtx); RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1; } else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && alpha_procedure_type != PT_STACK) { /* Decrement the frame pointer if the function does not have a frame. */ emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx, constm1_rtx)); } } } /* Output the rest of the textual info surrounding the epilogue. */ void alpha_end_function (FILE *file, const char *fnname, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { rtx insn; /* We output a nop after noreturn calls at the very end of the function to ensure that the return address always remains in the caller's code range, as not doing so might confuse unwinding engines. */ insn = get_last_insn (); if (!INSN_P (insn)) insn = prev_active_insn (insn); if (insn && CALL_P (insn)) output_asm_insn (get_insn_template (CODE_FOR_nop, NULL), NULL); #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS alpha_write_linkage (file, fnname, decl); #endif /* End the function. */ if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK && !flag_inhibit_size_directive) { fputs ("\t.end ", file); assemble_name (file, fnname); putc ('\n', file); } inside_function = FALSE; /* Output jump tables and the static subroutine information block. */ if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) { unicosmk_output_ssib (file, fnname); unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (file); } } #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS void avms_asm_output_external (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *name) { #ifdef DO_CRTL_NAMES DO_CRTL_NAMES; #endif } #endif #if TARGET_ABI_OSF /* Emit a tail call to FUNCTION after adjusting THIS by DELTA. In order to avoid the hordes of differences between generated code with and without TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS, and to avoid duplicating lots of code loading up large constants, generate rtl and emit it instead of going straight to text. Not sure why this idea hasn't been explored before... */ static void alpha_output_mi_thunk_osf (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, HOST_WIDE_INT delta, HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function) { HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo; rtx this_rtx, insn, funexp; /* We always require a valid GP. */ emit_insn (gen_prologue_ldgp ()); emit_note (NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END); /* Find the "this" pointer. If the function returns a structure, the structure return pointer is in $16. */ if (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function)), function)) this_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 17); else this_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 16); /* Add DELTA. When possible we use ldah+lda. Otherwise load the entire constant for the add. */ lo = ((delta & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; hi = (((delta - lo) & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; if (hi + lo == delta) { if (hi) emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this_rtx, this_rtx, GEN_INT (hi))); if (lo) emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this_rtx, this_rtx, GEN_INT (lo))); } else { rtx tmp = alpha_emit_set_long_const (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0), delta, -(delta < 0)); emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this_rtx, this_rtx, tmp)); } /* Add a delta stored in the vtable at VCALL_OFFSET. */ if (vcall_offset) { rtx tmp, tmp2; tmp = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0); emit_move_insn (tmp, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, this_rtx)); lo = ((vcall_offset & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; hi = (((vcall_offset - lo) & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; if (hi + lo == vcall_offset) { if (hi) emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tmp, tmp, GEN_INT (hi))); } else { tmp2 = alpha_emit_set_long_const (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1), vcall_offset, -(vcall_offset < 0)); emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tmp, tmp, tmp2)); lo = 0; } if (lo) tmp2 = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, tmp, GEN_INT (lo)); else tmp2 = tmp; emit_move_insn (tmp, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, tmp2)); emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this_rtx, this_rtx, tmp)); } /* Generate a tail call to the target function. */ if (! TREE_USED (function)) { assemble_external (function); TREE_USED (function) = 1; } funexp = XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0); funexp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, funexp); insn = emit_call_insn (gen_sibcall (funexp, const0_rtx)); SIBLING_CALL_P (insn) = 1; /* Run just enough of rest_of_compilation to get the insns emitted. There's not really enough bulk here to make other passes such as instruction scheduling worth while. Note that use_thunk calls assemble_start_function and assemble_end_function. */ insn = get_insns (); insn_locators_alloc (); shorten_branches (insn); final_start_function (insn, file, 1); final (insn, file, 1); final_end_function (); } #endif /* TARGET_ABI_OSF */ /* Debugging support. */ #include "gstab.h" /* Count the number of sdb related labels are generated (to find block start and end boundaries). */ int sdb_label_count = 0; /* Name of the file containing the current function. */ static const char *current_function_file = ""; /* Offsets to alpha virtual arg/local debugging pointers. */ long alpha_arg_offset; long alpha_auto_offset; /* Emit a new filename to a stream. */ void alpha_output_filename (FILE *stream, const char *name) { static int first_time = TRUE; if (first_time) { first_time = FALSE; ++num_source_filenames; current_function_file = name; fprintf (stream, "\t.file\t%d ", num_source_filenames); output_quoted_string (stream, name); fprintf (stream, "\n"); if (!TARGET_GAS && write_symbols == DBX_DEBUG) fprintf (stream, "\t#@stabs\n"); } else if (write_symbols == DBX_DEBUG) /* dbxout.c will emit an appropriate .stabs directive. */ return; else if (name != current_function_file && strcmp (name, current_function_file) != 0) { if (inside_function && ! TARGET_GAS) fprintf (stream, "\t#.file\t%d ", num_source_filenames); else { ++num_source_filenames; current_function_file = name; fprintf (stream, "\t.file\t%d ", num_source_filenames); } output_quoted_string (stream, name); fprintf (stream, "\n"); } } /* Structure to show the current status of registers and memory. */ struct shadow_summary { struct { unsigned int i : 31; /* Mask of int regs */ unsigned int fp : 31; /* Mask of fp regs */ unsigned int mem : 1; /* mem == imem | fpmem */ } used, defd; }; /* Summary the effects of expression X on the machine. Update SUM, a pointer to the summary structure. SET is nonzero if the insn is setting the object, otherwise zero. */ static void summarize_insn (rtx x, struct shadow_summary *sum, int set) { const char *format_ptr; int i, j; if (x == 0) return; switch (GET_CODE (x)) { /* ??? Note that this case would be incorrect if the Alpha had a ZERO_EXTRACT in SET_DEST. */ case SET: summarize_insn (SET_SRC (x), sum, 0); summarize_insn (SET_DEST (x), sum, 1); break; case CLOBBER: summarize_insn (XEXP (x, 0), sum, 1); break; case USE: summarize_insn (XEXP (x, 0), sum, 0); break; case ASM_OPERANDS: for (i = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x) - 1; i >= 0; i--) summarize_insn (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i), sum, 0); break; case PARALLEL: for (i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) summarize_insn (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), sum, 0); break; case SUBREG: summarize_insn (SUBREG_REG (x), sum, 0); break; case REG: { int regno = REGNO (x); unsigned long mask = ((unsigned long) 1) << (regno % 32); if (regno == 31 || regno == 63) break; if (set) { if (regno < 32) sum->defd.i |= mask; else sum->defd.fp |= mask; } else { if (regno < 32) sum->used.i |= mask; else sum->used.fp |= mask; } } break; case MEM: if (set) sum->defd.mem = 1; else sum->used.mem = 1; /* Find the regs used in memory address computation: */ summarize_insn (XEXP (x, 0), sum, 0); break; case CONST_INT: case CONST_DOUBLE: case SYMBOL_REF: case LABEL_REF: case CONST: case SCRATCH: case ASM_INPUT: break; /* Handle common unary and binary ops for efficiency. */ case COMPARE: case PLUS: case MINUS: case MULT: case DIV: case MOD: case UDIV: case UMOD: case AND: case IOR: case XOR: case ASHIFT: case ROTATE: case ASHIFTRT: case LSHIFTRT: case ROTATERT: case SMIN: case SMAX: case UMIN: case UMAX: case NE: case EQ: case GE: case GT: case LE: case LT: case GEU: case GTU: case LEU: case LTU: summarize_insn (XEXP (x, 0), sum, 0); summarize_insn (XEXP (x, 1), sum, 0); break; case NEG: case NOT: case SIGN_EXTEND: case ZERO_EXTEND: case TRUNCATE: case FLOAT_EXTEND: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE: case FLOAT: case FIX: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT: case UNSIGNED_FIX: case ABS: case SQRT: case FFS: summarize_insn (XEXP (x, 0), sum, 0); break; default: format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x)); for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--) switch (format_ptr[i]) { case 'e': summarize_insn (XEXP (x, i), sum, 0); break; case 'E': for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) summarize_insn (XVECEXP (x, i, j), sum, 0); break; case 'i': break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } } /* Ensure a sufficient number of `trapb' insns are in the code when the user requests code with a trap precision of functions or instructions. In naive mode, when the user requests a trap-precision of "instruction", a trapb is needed after every instruction that may generate a trap. This ensures that the code is resumption safe but it is also slow. When optimizations are turned on, we delay issuing a trapb as long as possible. In this context, a trap shadow is the sequence of instructions that starts with a (potentially) trap generating instruction and extends to the next trapb or call_pal instruction (but GCC never generates call_pal by itself). We can delay (and therefore sometimes omit) a trapb subject to the following conditions: (a) On entry to the trap shadow, if any Alpha register or memory location contains a value that is used as an operand value by some instruction in the trap shadow (live on entry), then no instruction in the trap shadow may modify the register or memory location. (b) Within the trap shadow, the computation of the base register for a memory load or store instruction may not involve using the result of an instruction that might generate an UNPREDICTABLE result. (c) Within the trap shadow, no register may be used more than once as a destination register. (This is to make life easier for the trap-handler.) (d) The trap shadow may not include any branch instructions. */ static void alpha_handle_trap_shadows (void) { struct shadow_summary shadow; int trap_pending, exception_nesting; rtx i, n; trap_pending = 0; exception_nesting = 0; shadow.used.i = 0; shadow.used.fp = 0; shadow.used.mem = 0; shadow.defd = shadow.used; for (i = get_insns (); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i)) { if (NOTE_P (i)) { switch (NOTE_KIND (i)) { case NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG: exception_nesting++; if (trap_pending) goto close_shadow; break; case NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END: exception_nesting--; if (trap_pending) goto close_shadow; break; case NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG: if (trap_pending && alpha_tp >= ALPHA_TP_FUNC) goto close_shadow; break; } } else if (trap_pending) { if (alpha_tp == ALPHA_TP_FUNC) { if (JUMP_P (i) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == RETURN) goto close_shadow; } else if (alpha_tp == ALPHA_TP_INSN) { if (optimize > 0) { struct shadow_summary sum; sum.used.i = 0; sum.used.fp = 0; sum.used.mem = 0; sum.defd = sum.used; switch (GET_CODE (i)) { case INSN: /* Annoyingly, get_attr_trap will die on these. */ if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == USE || GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == CLOBBER) break; summarize_insn (PATTERN (i), &sum, 0); if ((sum.defd.i & shadow.defd.i) || (sum.defd.fp & shadow.defd.fp)) { /* (c) would be violated */ goto close_shadow; } /* Combine shadow with summary of current insn: */ shadow.used.i |= sum.used.i; shadow.used.fp |= sum.used.fp; shadow.used.mem |= sum.used.mem; shadow.defd.i |= sum.defd.i; shadow.defd.fp |= sum.defd.fp; shadow.defd.mem |= sum.defd.mem; if ((sum.defd.i & shadow.used.i) || (sum.defd.fp & shadow.used.fp) || (sum.defd.mem & shadow.used.mem)) { /* (a) would be violated (also takes care of (b)) */ gcc_assert (get_attr_trap (i) != TRAP_YES || (!(sum.defd.i & sum.used.i) && !(sum.defd.fp & sum.used.fp))); goto close_shadow; } break; case JUMP_INSN: case CALL_INSN: case CODE_LABEL: goto close_shadow; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } else { close_shadow: n = emit_insn_before (gen_trapb (), i); PUT_MODE (n, TImode); PUT_MODE (i, TImode); trap_pending = 0; shadow.used.i = 0; shadow.used.fp = 0; shadow.used.mem = 0; shadow.defd = shadow.used; } } } if ((exception_nesting > 0 || alpha_tp >= ALPHA_TP_FUNC) && NONJUMP_INSN_P (i) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) != USE && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) != CLOBBER && get_attr_trap (i) == TRAP_YES) { if (optimize && !trap_pending) summarize_insn (PATTERN (i), &shadow, 0); trap_pending = 1; } } } /* Alpha can only issue instruction groups simultaneously if they are suitably aligned. This is very processor-specific. */ /* There are a number of entries in alphaev4_insn_pipe and alphaev5_insn_pipe that are marked "fake". These instructions do not exist on that target, but it is possible to see these insns with deranged combinations of command-line options, such as "-mtune=ev4 -mmax". Instead of aborting, choose a result at random. */ enum alphaev4_pipe { EV4_STOP = 0, EV4_IB0 = 1, EV4_IB1 = 2, EV4_IBX = 4 }; enum alphaev5_pipe { EV5_STOP = 0, EV5_NONE = 1, EV5_E01 = 2, EV5_E0 = 4, EV5_E1 = 8, EV5_FAM = 16, EV5_FA = 32, EV5_FM = 64 }; static enum alphaev4_pipe alphaev4_insn_pipe (rtx insn) { if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0) return EV4_STOP; if (get_attr_length (insn) != 4) return EV4_STOP; switch (get_attr_type (insn)) { case TYPE_ILD: case TYPE_LDSYM: case TYPE_FLD: case TYPE_LD_L: return EV4_IBX; case TYPE_IADD: case TYPE_ILOG: case TYPE_ICMOV: case TYPE_ICMP: case TYPE_FST: case TYPE_SHIFT: case TYPE_IMUL: case TYPE_FBR: case TYPE_MVI: /* fake */ return EV4_IB0; case TYPE_IST: case TYPE_MISC: case TYPE_IBR: case TYPE_JSR: case TYPE_CALLPAL: case TYPE_FCPYS: case TYPE_FCMOV: case TYPE_FADD: case TYPE_FDIV: case TYPE_FMUL: case TYPE_ST_C: case TYPE_MB: case TYPE_FSQRT: /* fake */ case TYPE_FTOI: /* fake */ case TYPE_ITOF: /* fake */ return EV4_IB1; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } static enum alphaev5_pipe alphaev5_insn_pipe (rtx insn) { if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0) return EV5_STOP; if (get_attr_length (insn) != 4) return EV5_STOP; switch (get_attr_type (insn)) { case TYPE_ILD: case TYPE_FLD: case TYPE_LDSYM: case TYPE_IADD: case TYPE_ILOG: case TYPE_ICMOV: case TYPE_ICMP: return EV5_E01; case TYPE_IST: case TYPE_FST: case TYPE_SHIFT: case TYPE_IMUL: case TYPE_MISC: case TYPE_MVI: case TYPE_LD_L: case TYPE_ST_C: case TYPE_MB: case TYPE_FTOI: /* fake */ case TYPE_ITOF: /* fake */ return EV5_E0; case TYPE_IBR: case TYPE_JSR: case TYPE_CALLPAL: return EV5_E1; case TYPE_FCPYS: return EV5_FAM; case TYPE_FBR: case TYPE_FCMOV: case TYPE_FADD: case TYPE_FDIV: case TYPE_FSQRT: /* fake */ return EV5_FA; case TYPE_FMUL: return EV5_FM; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } /* IN_USE is a mask of the slots currently filled within the insn group. The mask bits come from alphaev4_pipe above. If EV4_IBX is set, then the insn in EV4_IB0 can be swapped by the hardware into EV4_IB1. LEN is, of course, the length of the group in bytes. */ static rtx alphaev4_next_group (rtx insn, int *pin_use, int *plen) { int len, in_use; len = in_use = 0; if (! INSN_P (insn) || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE) goto next_and_done; while (1) { enum alphaev4_pipe pipe; pipe = alphaev4_insn_pipe (insn); switch (pipe) { case EV4_STOP: /* Force complex instructions to start new groups. */ if (in_use) goto done; /* If this is a completely unrecognized insn, it's an asm. We don't know how long it is, so record length as -1 to signal a needed realignment. */ if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0) len = -1; else len = get_attr_length (insn); goto next_and_done; case EV4_IBX: if (in_use & EV4_IB0) { if (in_use & EV4_IB1) goto done; in_use |= EV4_IB1; } else in_use |= EV4_IB0 | EV4_IBX; break; case EV4_IB0: if (in_use & EV4_IB0) { if (!(in_use & EV4_IBX) || (in_use & EV4_IB1)) goto done; in_use |= EV4_IB1; } in_use |= EV4_IB0; break; case EV4_IB1: if (in_use & EV4_IB1) goto done; in_use |= EV4_IB1; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } len += 4; /* Haifa doesn't do well scheduling branches. */ if (JUMP_P (insn)) goto next_and_done; next: insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn); if (!insn || ! INSN_P (insn)) goto done; /* Let Haifa tell us where it thinks insn group boundaries are. */ if (GET_MODE (insn) == TImode) goto done; if (GET_CODE (insn) == CLOBBER || GET_CODE (insn) == USE) goto next; } next_and_done: insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn); done: *plen = len; *pin_use = in_use; return insn; } /* IN_USE is a mask of the slots currently filled within the insn group. The mask bits come from alphaev5_pipe above. If EV5_E01 is set, then the insn in EV5_E0 can be swapped by the hardware into EV5_E1. LEN is, of course, the length of the group in bytes. */ static rtx alphaev5_next_group (rtx insn, int *pin_use, int *plen) { int len, in_use; len = in_use = 0; if (! INSN_P (insn) || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE) goto next_and_done; while (1) { enum alphaev5_pipe pipe; pipe = alphaev5_insn_pipe (insn); switch (pipe) { case EV5_STOP: /* Force complex instructions to start new groups. */ if (in_use) goto done; /* If this is a completely unrecognized insn, it's an asm. We don't know how long it is, so record length as -1 to signal a needed realignment. */ if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0) len = -1; else len = get_attr_length (insn); goto next_and_done; /* ??? Most of the places below, we would like to assert never happen, as it would indicate an error either in Haifa, or in the scheduling description. Unfortunately, Haifa never schedules the last instruction of the BB, so we don't have an accurate TI bit to go off. */ case EV5_E01: if (in_use & EV5_E0) { if (in_use & EV5_E1) goto done; in_use |= EV5_E1; } else in_use |= EV5_E0 | EV5_E01; break; case EV5_E0: if (in_use & EV5_E0) { if (!(in_use & EV5_E01) || (in_use & EV5_E1)) goto done; in_use |= EV5_E1; } in_use |= EV5_E0; break; case EV5_E1: if (in_use & EV5_E1) goto done; in_use |= EV5_E1; break; case EV5_FAM: if (in_use & EV5_FA) { if (in_use & EV5_FM) goto done; in_use |= EV5_FM; } else in_use |= EV5_FA | EV5_FAM; break; case EV5_FA: if (in_use & EV5_FA) goto done; in_use |= EV5_FA; break; case EV5_FM: if (in_use & EV5_FM) goto done; in_use |= EV5_FM; break; case EV5_NONE: break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } len += 4; /* Haifa doesn't do well scheduling branches. */ /* ??? If this is predicted not-taken, slotting continues, except that no more IBR, FBR, or JSR insns may be slotted. */ if (JUMP_P (insn)) goto next_and_done; next: insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn); if (!insn || ! INSN_P (insn)) goto done; /* Let Haifa tell us where it thinks insn group boundaries are. */ if (GET_MODE (insn) == TImode) goto done; if (GET_CODE (insn) == CLOBBER || GET_CODE (insn) == USE) goto next; } next_and_done: insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn); done: *plen = len; *pin_use = in_use; return insn; } static rtx alphaev4_next_nop (int *pin_use) { int in_use = *pin_use; rtx nop; if (!(in_use & EV4_IB0)) { in_use |= EV4_IB0; nop = gen_nop (); } else if ((in_use & (EV4_IBX|EV4_IB1)) == EV4_IBX) { in_use |= EV4_IB1; nop = gen_nop (); } else if (TARGET_FP && !(in_use & EV4_IB1)) { in_use |= EV4_IB1; nop = gen_fnop (); } else nop = gen_unop (); *pin_use = in_use; return nop; } static rtx alphaev5_next_nop (int *pin_use) { int in_use = *pin_use; rtx nop; if (!(in_use & EV5_E1)) { in_use |= EV5_E1; nop = gen_nop (); } else if (TARGET_FP && !(in_use & EV5_FA)) { in_use |= EV5_FA; nop = gen_fnop (); } else if (TARGET_FP && !(in_use & EV5_FM)) { in_use |= EV5_FM; nop = gen_fnop (); } else nop = gen_unop (); *pin_use = in_use; return nop; } /* The instruction group alignment main loop. */ static void alpha_align_insns (unsigned int max_align, rtx (*next_group) (rtx, int *, int *), rtx (*next_nop) (int *)) { /* ALIGN is the known alignment for the insn group. */ unsigned int align; /* OFS is the offset of the current insn in the insn group. */ int ofs; int prev_in_use, in_use, len, ldgp; rtx i, next; /* Let shorten branches care for assigning alignments to code labels. */ shorten_branches (get_insns ()); if (align_functions < 4) align = 4; else if ((unsigned int) align_functions < max_align) align = align_functions; else align = max_align; ofs = prev_in_use = 0; i = get_insns (); if (NOTE_P (i)) i = next_nonnote_insn (i); ldgp = alpha_function_needs_gp ? 8 : 0; while (i) { next = (*next_group) (i, &in_use, &len); /* When we see a label, resync alignment etc. */ if (LABEL_P (i)) { unsigned int new_align = 1 << label_to_alignment (i); if (new_align >= align) { align = new_align < max_align ? new_align : max_align; ofs = 0; } else if (ofs & (new_align-1)) ofs = (ofs | (new_align-1)) + 1; gcc_assert (!len); } /* Handle complex instructions special. */ else if (in_use == 0) { /* Asms will have length < 0. This is a signal that we have lost alignment knowledge. Assume, however, that the asm will not mis-align instructions. */ if (len < 0) { ofs = 0; align = 4; len = 0; } } /* If the known alignment is smaller than the recognized insn group, realign the output. */ else if ((int) align < len) { unsigned int new_log_align = len > 8 ? 4 : 3; rtx prev, where; where = prev = prev_nonnote_insn (i); if (!where || !LABEL_P (where)) where = i; /* Can't realign between a call and its gp reload. */ if (! (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS && prev && CALL_P (prev))) { emit_insn_before (gen_realign (GEN_INT (new_log_align)), where); align = 1 << new_log_align; ofs = 0; } } /* We may not insert padding inside the initial ldgp sequence. */ else if (ldgp > 0) ldgp -= len; /* If the group won't fit in the same INT16 as the previous, we need to add padding to keep the group together. Rather than simply leaving the insn filling to the assembler, we can make use of the knowledge of what sorts of instructions were issued in the previous group to make sure that all of the added nops are really free. */ else if (ofs + len > (int) align) { int nop_count = (align - ofs) / 4; rtx where; /* Insert nops before labels, branches, and calls to truly merge the execution of the nops with the previous instruction group. */ where = prev_nonnote_insn (i); if (where) { if (LABEL_P (where)) { rtx where2 = prev_nonnote_insn (where); if (where2 && JUMP_P (where2)) where = where2; } else if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (where)) where = i; } else where = i; do emit_insn_before ((*next_nop)(&prev_in_use), where); while (--nop_count); ofs = 0; } ofs = (ofs + len) & (align - 1); prev_in_use = in_use; i = next; } } /* Insert an unop between a noreturn function call and GP load. */ static void alpha_pad_noreturn (void) { rtx insn, next; for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) { if (!CALL_P (insn) || !find_reg_note (insn, REG_NORETURN, NULL_RTX)) continue; next = next_active_insn (insn); if (next) { rtx pat = PATTERN (next); if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == UNSPEC_VOLATILE && XINT (SET_SRC (pat), 1) == UNSPECV_LDGP1) emit_insn_after (gen_unop (), insn); } } } /* Machine dependent reorg pass. */ static void alpha_reorg (void) { /* Workaround for a linker error that triggers when an exception handler immediatelly follows a noreturn function. The instruction stream from an object file: 54: 00 40 5b 6b jsr ra,(t12),58 <__func+0x58> 58: 00 00 ba 27 ldah gp,0(ra) 5c: 00 00 bd 23 lda gp,0(gp) 60: 00 00 7d a7 ldq t12,0(gp) 64: 00 40 5b 6b jsr ra,(t12),68 <__func+0x68> was converted in the final link pass to: fdb24: a0 03 40 d3 bsr ra,fe9a8 <_called_func+0x8> fdb28: 00 00 fe 2f unop fdb2c: 00 00 fe 2f unop fdb30: 30 82 7d a7 ldq t12,-32208(gp) fdb34: 00 40 5b 6b jsr ra,(t12),fdb38 <__func+0x68> GP load instructions were wrongly cleared by the linker relaxation pass. This workaround prevents removal of GP loads by inserting an unop instruction between a noreturn function call and exception handler prologue. */ if (current_function_has_exception_handlers ()) alpha_pad_noreturn (); if (alpha_tp != ALPHA_TP_PROG || flag_exceptions) alpha_handle_trap_shadows (); /* Due to the number of extra trapb insns, don't bother fixing up alignment when trap precision is instruction. Moreover, we can only do our job when sched2 is run. */ if (optimize && !optimize_size && alpha_tp != ALPHA_TP_INSN && flag_schedule_insns_after_reload) { if (alpha_tune == PROCESSOR_EV4) alpha_align_insns (8, alphaev4_next_group, alphaev4_next_nop); else if (alpha_tune == PROCESSOR_EV5) alpha_align_insns (16, alphaev5_next_group, alphaev5_next_nop); } } #if !TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK #ifdef HAVE_STAMP_H #include <stamp.h> #endif static void alpha_file_start (void) { #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF /* If emitting dwarf2 debug information, we cannot generate a .file directive to start the file, as it will conflict with dwarf2out file numbers. So it's only useful when emitting mdebug output. */ targetm.file_start_file_directive = (write_symbols == DBX_DEBUG); #endif default_file_start (); #ifdef MS_STAMP fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.verstamp %d %d\n", MS_STAMP, LS_STAMP); #endif fputs ("\t.set noreorder\n", asm_out_file); fputs ("\t.set volatile\n", asm_out_file); if (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) fputs ("\t.set noat\n", asm_out_file); if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS) fputs ("\t.set nomacro\n", asm_out_file); if (TARGET_SUPPORT_ARCH | TARGET_BWX | TARGET_MAX | TARGET_FIX | TARGET_CIX) { const char *arch; if (alpha_cpu == PROCESSOR_EV6 || TARGET_FIX || TARGET_CIX) arch = "ev6"; else if (TARGET_MAX) arch = "pca56"; else if (TARGET_BWX) arch = "ev56"; else if (alpha_cpu == PROCESSOR_EV5) arch = "ev5"; else arch = "ev4"; fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.arch %s\n", arch); } } #endif #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF /* Since we don't have a .dynbss section, we should not allow global relocations in the .rodata section. */ static int alpha_elf_reloc_rw_mask (void) { return flag_pic ? 3 : 2; } /* Return a section for X. The only special thing we do here is to honor small data. */ static section * alpha_elf_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align) { if (TARGET_SMALL_DATA && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= g_switch_value) /* ??? Consider using mergeable sdata sections. */ return sdata_section; else return default_elf_select_rtx_section (mode, x, align); } static unsigned int alpha_elf_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc) { unsigned int flags = 0; if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 || strncmp (name, ".sdata.", 7) == 0 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.s.", 16) == 0 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0 || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0) flags = SECTION_SMALL; flags |= default_section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc); return flags; } #endif /* OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF */ /* Structure to collect function names for final output in link section. */ /* Note that items marked with GTY can't be ifdef'ed out. */ enum links_kind {KIND_UNUSED, KIND_LOCAL, KIND_EXTERN}; enum reloc_kind {KIND_LINKAGE, KIND_CODEADDR}; struct GTY(()) alpha_links { int num; const char *target; rtx linkage; enum links_kind lkind; enum reloc_kind rkind; }; struct GTY(()) alpha_funcs { int num; splay_tree GTY ((param1_is (char *), param2_is (struct alpha_links *))) links; }; static GTY ((param1_is (char *), param2_is (struct alpha_links *))) splay_tree alpha_links_tree; static GTY ((param1_is (tree), param2_is (struct alpha_funcs *))) splay_tree alpha_funcs_tree; static GTY(()) int alpha_funcs_num; #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS /* Return the VMS argument type corresponding to MODE. */ enum avms_arg_type alpha_arg_type (enum machine_mode mode) { switch (mode) { case SFmode: return TARGET_FLOAT_VAX ? FF : FS; case DFmode: return TARGET_FLOAT_VAX ? FD : FT; default: return I64; } } /* Return an rtx for an integer representing the VMS Argument Information register value. */ rtx alpha_arg_info_reg_val (CUMULATIVE_ARGS cum) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT regval = cum.num_args; int i; for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) regval |= ((int) cum.atypes[i]) << (i * 3 + 8); return GEN_INT (regval); } /* Register the need for a (fake) .linkage entry for calls to function NAME. IS_LOCAL is 1 if this is for a definition, 0 if this is for a real call. Return a SYMBOL_REF suited to the call instruction. */ rtx alpha_need_linkage (const char *name, int is_local) { splay_tree_node node; struct alpha_links *al; const char *target; tree id; if (name[0] == '*') name++; if (is_local) { struct alpha_funcs *cfaf; if (!alpha_funcs_tree) alpha_funcs_tree = splay_tree_new_ggc ((splay_tree_compare_fn) splay_tree_compare_pointers); cfaf = (struct alpha_funcs *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct alpha_funcs)); cfaf->links = 0; cfaf->num = ++alpha_funcs_num; splay_tree_insert (alpha_funcs_tree, (splay_tree_key) current_function_decl, (splay_tree_value) cfaf); } if (alpha_links_tree) { /* Is this name already defined? */ node = splay_tree_lookup (alpha_links_tree, (splay_tree_key) name); if (node) { al = (struct alpha_links *) node->value; if (is_local) { /* Defined here but external assumed. */ if (al->lkind == KIND_EXTERN) al->lkind = KIND_LOCAL; } else { /* Used here but unused assumed. */ if (al->lkind == KIND_UNUSED) al->lkind = KIND_LOCAL; } return al->linkage; } } else alpha_links_tree = splay_tree_new_ggc ((splay_tree_compare_fn) strcmp); al = (struct alpha_links *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct alpha_links)); name = ggc_strdup (name); /* Assume external if no definition. */ al->lkind = (is_local ? KIND_UNUSED : KIND_EXTERN); /* Ensure we have an IDENTIFIER so assemble_name can mark it used and find the ultimate alias target like assemble_name. */ id = get_identifier (name); target = NULL; while (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (id)) { id = TREE_CHAIN (id); target = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id); } al->target = target ? target : name; al->linkage = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name); splay_tree_insert (alpha_links_tree, (splay_tree_key) name, (splay_tree_value) al); return al->linkage; } /* Return a SYMBOL_REF representing the reference to the .linkage entry of function FUNC built for calls made from CFUNDECL. LFLAG is 1 if this is the reference to the linkage pointer value, 0 if this is the reference to the function entry value. RFLAG is 1 if this a reduced reference (code address only), 0 if this is a full reference. */ rtx alpha_use_linkage (rtx func, tree cfundecl, int lflag, int rflag) { splay_tree_node cfunnode; struct alpha_funcs *cfaf; struct alpha_links *al; const char *name = XSTR (func, 0); cfaf = (struct alpha_funcs *) 0; al = (struct alpha_links *) 0; cfunnode = splay_tree_lookup (alpha_funcs_tree, (splay_tree_key) cfundecl); cfaf = (struct alpha_funcs *) cfunnode->value; if (cfaf->links) { splay_tree_node lnode; /* Is this name already defined? */ lnode = splay_tree_lookup (cfaf->links, (splay_tree_key) name); if (lnode) al = (struct alpha_links *) lnode->value; } else cfaf->links = splay_tree_new_ggc ((splay_tree_compare_fn) strcmp); if (!al) { size_t name_len; size_t buflen; char *linksym; splay_tree_node node = 0; struct alpha_links *anl; if (name[0] == '*') name++; name_len = strlen (name); linksym = (char *) alloca (name_len + 50); al = (struct alpha_links *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct alpha_links)); al->num = cfaf->num; node = splay_tree_lookup (alpha_links_tree, (splay_tree_key) name); if (node) { anl = (struct alpha_links *) node->value; al->lkind = anl->lkind; name = anl->target; } sprintf (linksym, "$%d..%s..lk", cfaf->num, name); buflen = strlen (linksym); al->linkage = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_alloc_string (linksym, buflen + 1)); splay_tree_insert (cfaf->links, (splay_tree_key) name, (splay_tree_value) al); } if (rflag) al->rkind = KIND_CODEADDR; else al->rkind = KIND_LINKAGE; if (lflag) return gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, plus_constant (al->linkage, 8)); else return al->linkage; } static int alpha_write_one_linkage (splay_tree_node node, void *data) { const char *const name = (const char *) node->key; struct alpha_links *link = (struct alpha_links *) node->value; FILE *stream = (FILE *) data; fprintf (stream, "$%d..%s..lk:\n", link->num, name); if (link->rkind == KIND_CODEADDR) { if (link->lkind == KIND_LOCAL) { /* Local and used */ fprintf (stream, "\t.quad %s..en\n", name); } else { /* External and used, request code address. */ fprintf (stream, "\t.code_address %s\n", name); } } else { if (link->lkind == KIND_LOCAL) { /* Local and used, build linkage pair. */ fprintf (stream, "\t.quad %s..en\n", name); fprintf (stream, "\t.quad %s\n", name); } else { /* External and used, request linkage pair. */ fprintf (stream, "\t.linkage %s\n", name); } } return 0; } static void alpha_write_linkage (FILE *stream, const char *funname, tree fundecl) { splay_tree_node node; struct alpha_funcs *func; fprintf (stream, "\t.link\n"); fprintf (stream, "\t.align 3\n"); in_section = NULL; node = splay_tree_lookup (alpha_funcs_tree, (splay_tree_key) fundecl); func = (struct alpha_funcs *) node->value; fputs ("\t.name ", stream); assemble_name (stream, funname); fputs ("..na\n", stream); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (stream, funname); fprintf (stream, "\t.pdesc "); assemble_name (stream, funname); fprintf (stream, "..en,%s\n", alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK ? "stack" : alpha_procedure_type == PT_REGISTER ? "reg" : "null"); if (func->links) { splay_tree_foreach (func->links, alpha_write_one_linkage, stream); /* splay_tree_delete (func->links); */ } } /* Switch to an arbitrary section NAME with attributes as specified by FLAGS. ALIGN specifies any known alignment requirements for the section; 0 if the default should be used. */ static void vms_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); fprintf (asm_out_file, ".section\t%s", name); if (flags & SECTION_DEBUG) fprintf (asm_out_file, ",NOWRT"); fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); } /* Record an element in the table of global constructors. SYMBOL is a SYMBOL_REF of the function to be called; PRIORITY is a number between 0 and MAX_INIT_PRIORITY. Differs from default_ctors_section_asm_out_constructor in that the width of the .ctors entry is always 64 bits, rather than the 32 bits used by a normal pointer. */ static void vms_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { switch_to_section (ctors_section); assemble_align (BITS_PER_WORD); assemble_integer (symbol, UNITS_PER_WORD, BITS_PER_WORD, 1); } static void vms_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { switch_to_section (dtors_section); assemble_align (BITS_PER_WORD); assemble_integer (symbol, UNITS_PER_WORD, BITS_PER_WORD, 1); } #else rtx alpha_need_linkage (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int is_local ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { return NULL_RTX; } rtx alpha_use_linkage (rtx func ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree cfundecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int lflag ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int rflag ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { return NULL_RTX; } #endif /* TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS */ #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK /* This evaluates to true if we do not know how to pass TYPE solely in registers. This is the case for all arguments that do not fit in two registers. */ static bool unicosmk_must_pass_in_stack (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type) { if (type == NULL) return false; if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST) return true; if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) return true; return ALPHA_ARG_SIZE (mode, type, 0) > 2; } /* Define the offset between two registers, one to be eliminated, and the other its replacement, at the start of a routine. */ int unicosmk_initial_elimination_offset (int from, int to) { int fixed_size; fixed_size = alpha_sa_size(); if (fixed_size != 0) fixed_size += 48; if (from == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && to == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) return -fixed_size; else if (from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && to == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) return 0; else if (from == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) return (ALPHA_ROUND (crtl->outgoing_args_size) + ALPHA_ROUND (get_frame_size())); else if (from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) return (ALPHA_ROUND (fixed_size) + ALPHA_ROUND (get_frame_size() + crtl->outgoing_args_size)); else gcc_unreachable (); } /* Output the module name for .ident and .end directives. We have to strip directories and add make sure that the module name starts with a letter or '$'. */ static void unicosmk_output_module_name (FILE *file) { const char *name = lbasename (main_input_filename); unsigned len = strlen (name); char *clean_name = alloca (len + 2); char *ptr = clean_name; /* CAM only accepts module names that start with a letter or '$'. We prefix the module name with a '$' if necessary. */ if (!ISALPHA (*name)) *ptr++ = '$'; memcpy (ptr, name, len + 1); clean_symbol_name (clean_name); fputs (clean_name, file); } /* Output the definition of a common variable. */ void unicosmk_output_common (FILE *file, const char *name, int size, int align) { tree name_tree; printf ("T3E__: common %s\n", name); in_section = NULL; fputs("\t.endp\n\n\t.psect ", file); assemble_name(file, name); fprintf(file, ",%d,common\n", floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT)); fprintf(file, "\t.byte\t0:%d\n", size); /* Mark the symbol as defined in this module. */ name_tree = get_identifier (name); TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree) = 1; } #define SECTION_PUBLIC SECTION_MACH_DEP #define SECTION_MAIN (SECTION_PUBLIC << 1) static int current_section_align; /* A get_unnamed_section callback for switching to the text section. */ static void unicosmk_output_text_section_asm_op (const void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { static int count = 0; fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.endp\n\n\t.psect\tgcc@text___%d,code\n", count++); } /* A get_unnamed_section callback for switching to the data section. */ static void unicosmk_output_data_section_asm_op (const void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { static int count = 1; fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.endp\n\n\t.psect\tgcc@data___%d,data\n", count++); } /* Implement TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS. The Cray assembler is really weird with respect to sections. It has only named sections and you can't reopen a section once it has been closed. This means that we have to generate unique names whenever we want to reenter the text or the data section. */ static void unicosmk_init_sections (void) { text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, unicosmk_output_text_section_asm_op, NULL); data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, unicosmk_output_data_section_asm_op, NULL); readonly_data_section = data_section; } static unsigned int unicosmk_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { unsigned int flags = default_section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc); if (!decl) return flags; if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL) { current_section_align = floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); if (align_functions_log > current_section_align) current_section_align = align_functions_log; if (! strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "main")) flags |= SECTION_MAIN; } else current_section_align = floor_log2 (DECL_ALIGN (decl) / BITS_PER_UNIT); if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) flags |= SECTION_PUBLIC; return flags; } /* Generate a section name for decl and associate it with the declaration. */ static void unicosmk_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { const char *name; int len; gcc_assert (decl); name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)); name = default_strip_name_encoding (name); len = strlen (name); if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL) { char *string; /* It is essential that we prefix the section name here because otherwise the section names generated for constructors and destructors confuse collect2. */ string = alloca (len + 6); sprintf (string, "code@%s", name); DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) = build_string (len + 5, string); } else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) = build_string (len, name); else { char *string; string = alloca (len + 6); sprintf (string, "data@%s", name); DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) = build_string (len + 5, string); } } /* Switch to an arbitrary section NAME with attributes as specified by FLAGS. ALIGN specifies any known alignment requirements for the section; 0 if the default should be used. */ static void unicosmk_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { const char *kind; /* Close the previous section. */ fputs ("\t.endp\n\n", asm_out_file); /* Find out what kind of section we are opening. */ if (flags & SECTION_MAIN) fputs ("\t.start\tmain\n", asm_out_file); if (flags & SECTION_CODE) kind = "code"; else if (flags & SECTION_PUBLIC) kind = "common"; else kind = "data"; if (current_section_align != 0) fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.psect\t%s,%d,%s\n", name, current_section_align, kind); else fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.psect\t%s,%s\n", name, kind); } static void unicosmk_insert_attributes (tree decl, tree *attr_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { if (DECL_P (decl) && (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)) unicosmk_unique_section (decl, 0); } /* Output an alignment directive. We have to use the macro 'gcc@code@align' in code sections because .align fill unused space with zeroes. */ void unicosmk_output_align (FILE *file, int align) { if (inside_function) fprintf (file, "\tgcc@code@align\t%d\n", align); else fprintf (file, "\t.align\t%d\n", align); } /* Add a case vector to the current function's list of deferred case vectors. Case vectors have to be put into a separate section because CAM does not allow data definitions in code sections. */ void unicosmk_defer_case_vector (rtx lab, rtx vec) { struct machine_function *machine = cfun->machine; vec = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, lab, vec); machine->addr_list = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, vec, machine->addr_list); } /* Output a case vector. */ static void unicosmk_output_addr_vec (FILE *file, rtx vec) { rtx lab = XEXP (vec, 0); rtx body = XEXP (vec, 1); int vlen = XVECLEN (body, 0); int idx; (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab)); for (idx = 0; idx < vlen; idx++) { ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (file, CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (XVECEXP (body, 0, idx), 0))); } } /* Output current function's deferred case vectors. */ static void unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (FILE *file) { struct machine_function *machine = cfun->machine; rtx t; if (machine->addr_list == NULL_RTX) return; switch_to_section (data_section); for (t = machine->addr_list; t; t = XEXP (t, 1)) unicosmk_output_addr_vec (file, XEXP (t, 0)); } /* Generate the name of the SSIB section for the current function. */ #define SSIB_PREFIX "__SSIB_" #define SSIB_PREFIX_LEN 7 static const char * unicosmk_ssib_name (void) { /* This is ok since CAM won't be able to deal with names longer than that anyway. */ static char name[256]; rtx x; const char *fnname; int len; x = DECL_RTL (cfun->decl); gcc_assert (MEM_P (x)); x = XEXP (x, 0); gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF); fnname = XSTR (x, 0); len = strlen (fnname); if (len + SSIB_PREFIX_LEN > 255) len = 255 - SSIB_PREFIX_LEN; strcpy (name, SSIB_PREFIX); strncpy (name + SSIB_PREFIX_LEN, fnname, len); name[len + SSIB_PREFIX_LEN] = 0; return name; } /* Set up the dynamic subprogram information block (DSIB) and update the frame pointer register ($15) for subroutines which have a frame. If the subroutine doesn't have a frame, simply increment $15. */ static void unicosmk_gen_dsib (unsigned long *imaskP) { if (alpha_procedure_type == PT_STACK) { const char *ssib_name; rtx mem; /* Allocate 64 bytes for the DSIB. */ FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (-64)))); emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); /* Save the return address. */ mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, 56)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); FRP (emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REG_RA))); (*imaskP) &= ~(1UL << REG_RA); /* Save the old frame pointer. */ mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, 48)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); FRP (emit_move_insn (mem, hard_frame_pointer_rtx)); (*imaskP) &= ~(1UL << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM); emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); /* Store the SSIB pointer. */ ssib_name = ggc_strdup (unicosmk_ssib_name ()); mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, 32)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 5), gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ssib_name))); FRP (emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 5))); /* Save the CIW index. */ mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, 24)); set_mem_alias_set (mem, alpha_sr_alias_set); FRP (emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 25))); emit_insn (gen_blockage ()); /* Set the new frame pointer. */ FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (64)))); } else { /* Increment the frame pointer register to indicate that we do not have a frame. */ emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx, const1_rtx)); } } /* Output the static subroutine information block for the current function. */ static void unicosmk_output_ssib (FILE *file, const char *fnname) { int len; int i; rtx x; rtx ciw; struct machine_function *machine = cfun->machine; in_section = NULL; fprintf (file, "\t.endp\n\n\t.psect\t%s%s,data\n", user_label_prefix, unicosmk_ssib_name ()); /* Some required stuff and the function name length. */ len = strlen (fnname); fprintf (file, "\t.quad\t^X20008%2.2X28\n", len); /* Saved registers ??? We don't do that yet. */ fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file); /* Function address. */ fputs ("\t.quad\t", file); assemble_name (file, fnname); putc ('\n', file); fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file); fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file); /* Function name. ??? We do it the same way Cray CC does it but this could be simplified. */ for( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) fprintf (file, "\t.byte\t%d\n", (int)(fnname[i])); if( (len % 8) == 0 ) fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file); else fprintf (file, "\t.bits\t%d : 0\n", (8 - (len % 8))*8); /* All call information words used in the function. */ for (x = machine->first_ciw; x; x = XEXP (x, 1)) { ciw = XEXP (x, 0); #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 fprintf (file, "\t.quad\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DOUBLE_HEX "\n", CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (ciw), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (ciw)); #else fprintf (file, "\t.quad\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX "\n", INTVAL (ciw)); #endif } } /* Add a call information word (CIW) to the list of the current function's CIWs and return its index. X is a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE representing the CIW. */ rtx unicosmk_add_call_info_word (rtx x) { rtx node; struct machine_function *machine = cfun->machine; node = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, x, NULL_RTX); if (machine->first_ciw == NULL_RTX) machine->first_ciw = node; else XEXP (machine->last_ciw, 1) = node; machine->last_ciw = node; ++machine->ciw_count; return GEN_INT (machine->ciw_count + strlen (current_function_name ())/8 + 5); } /* The Cray assembler doesn't accept extern declarations for symbols which are defined in the same file. We have to keep track of all global symbols which are referenced and/or defined in a source file and output extern declarations for those which are referenced but not defined at the end of file. */ /* List of identifiers for which an extern declaration might have to be emitted. */ /* FIXME: needs to use GC, so it can be saved and restored for PCH. */ struct unicosmk_extern_list { struct unicosmk_extern_list *next; const char *name; }; static struct unicosmk_extern_list *unicosmk_extern_head = 0; /* Output extern declarations which are required for every asm file. */ static void unicosmk_output_default_externs (FILE *file) { static const char *const externs[] = { "__T3E_MISMATCH" }; int i; int n; n = ARRAY_SIZE (externs); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) fprintf (file, "\t.extern\t%s\n", externs[i]); } /* Output extern declarations for global symbols which are have been referenced but not defined. */ static void unicosmk_output_externs (FILE *file) { struct unicosmk_extern_list *p; const char *real_name; int len; tree name_tree; len = strlen (user_label_prefix); for (p = unicosmk_extern_head; p != 0; p = p->next) { /* We have to strip the encoding and possibly remove user_label_prefix from the identifier in order to handle -fleading-underscore and explicit asm names correctly (cf. gcc.dg/asm-names-1.c). */ real_name = default_strip_name_encoding (p->name); if (len && p->name[0] == '*' && !memcmp (real_name, user_label_prefix, len)) real_name += len; name_tree = get_identifier (real_name); if (! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree)) { TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree) = 1; fputs ("\t.extern\t", file); assemble_name (file, p->name); putc ('\n', file); } } } /* Record an extern. */ void unicosmk_add_extern (const char *name) { struct unicosmk_extern_list *p; p = (struct unicosmk_extern_list *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct unicosmk_extern_list)); p->next = unicosmk_extern_head; p->name = name; unicosmk_extern_head = p; } /* The Cray assembler generates incorrect code if identifiers which conflict with register names are used as instruction operands. We have to replace such identifiers with DEX expressions. */ /* Structure to collect identifiers which have been replaced by DEX expressions. */ /* FIXME: needs to use GC, so it can be saved and restored for PCH. */ struct unicosmk_dex { struct unicosmk_dex *next; const char *name; }; /* List of identifiers which have been replaced by DEX expressions. The DEX number is determined by the position in the list. */ static struct unicosmk_dex *unicosmk_dex_list = NULL; /* The number of elements in the DEX list. */ static int unicosmk_dex_count = 0; /* Check if NAME must be replaced by a DEX expression. */ static int unicosmk_special_name (const char *name) { if (name[0] == '*') ++name; if (name[0] == '$') ++name; if (name[0] != 'r' && name[0] != 'f' && name[0] != 'R' && name[0] != 'F') return 0; switch (name[1]) { case '1': case '2': return (name[2] == '\0' || (ISDIGIT (name[2]) && name[3] == '\0')); case '3': return (name[2] == '\0' || ((name[2] == '0' || name[2] == '1') && name[3] == '\0')); default: return (ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0'); } } /* Return the DEX number if X must be replaced by a DEX expression and 0 otherwise. */ static int unicosmk_need_dex (rtx x) { struct unicosmk_dex *dex; const char *name; int i; if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF) return 0; name = XSTR (x,0); if (! unicosmk_special_name (name)) return 0; i = unicosmk_dex_count; for (dex = unicosmk_dex_list; dex; dex = dex->next) { if (! strcmp (name, dex->name)) return i; --i; } dex = (struct unicosmk_dex *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct unicosmk_dex)); dex->name = name; dex->next = unicosmk_dex_list; unicosmk_dex_list = dex; ++unicosmk_dex_count; return unicosmk_dex_count; } /* Output the DEX definitions for this file. */ static void unicosmk_output_dex (FILE *file) { struct unicosmk_dex *dex; int i; if (unicosmk_dex_list == NULL) return; fprintf (file, "\t.dexstart\n"); i = unicosmk_dex_count; for (dex = unicosmk_dex_list; dex; dex = dex->next) { fprintf (file, "\tDEX (%d) = ", i); assemble_name (file, dex->name); putc ('\n', file); --i; } fprintf (file, "\t.dexend\n"); } /* Output text that to appear at the beginning of an assembler file. */ static void unicosmk_file_start (void) { int i; fputs ("\t.ident\t", asm_out_file); unicosmk_output_module_name (asm_out_file); fputs ("\n\n", asm_out_file); /* The Unicos/Mk assembler uses different register names. Instead of trying to support them, we simply use micro definitions. */ /* CAM has different register names: rN for the integer register N and fN for the floating-point register N. Instead of trying to use these in alpha.md, we define the symbols $N and $fN to refer to the appropriate register. */ for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) fprintf (asm_out_file, "$%d <- r%d\n", i, i); for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) fprintf (asm_out_file, "$f%d <- f%d\n", i, i); putc ('\n', asm_out_file); /* The .align directive fill unused space with zeroes which does not work in code sections. We define the macro 'gcc@code@align' which uses nops instead. Note that it assumes that code sections always have the biggest possible alignment since . refers to the current offset from the beginning of the section. */ fputs ("\t.macro gcc@code@align n\n", asm_out_file); fputs ("gcc@n@bytes = 1 << n\n", asm_out_file); fputs ("gcc@here = . % gcc@n@bytes\n", asm_out_file); fputs ("\t.if ne, gcc@here, 0\n", asm_out_file); fputs ("\t.repeat (gcc@n@bytes - gcc@here) / 4\n", asm_out_file); fputs ("\tbis r31,r31,r31\n", asm_out_file); fputs ("\t.endr\n", asm_out_file); fputs ("\t.endif\n", asm_out_file); fputs ("\t.endm gcc@code@align\n\n", asm_out_file); /* Output extern declarations which should always be visible. */ unicosmk_output_default_externs (asm_out_file); /* Open a dummy section. We always need to be inside a section for the section-switching code to work correctly. ??? This should be a module id or something like that. I still have to figure out what the rules for those are. */ fputs ("\n\t.psect\t$SG00000,data\n", asm_out_file); } /* Output text to appear at the end of an assembler file. This includes all pending extern declarations and DEX expressions. */ static void unicosmk_file_end (void) { fputs ("\t.endp\n\n", asm_out_file); /* Output all pending externs. */ unicosmk_output_externs (asm_out_file); /* Output dex definitions used for functions whose names conflict with register names. */ unicosmk_output_dex (asm_out_file); fputs ("\t.end\t", asm_out_file); unicosmk_output_module_name (asm_out_file); putc ('\n', asm_out_file); } #else static void unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {} static void unicosmk_gen_dsib (unsigned long *imaskP ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {} static void unicosmk_output_ssib (FILE * file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char * fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {} rtx unicosmk_add_call_info_word (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { return NULL_RTX; } static int unicosmk_need_dex (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { return 0; } #endif /* TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK */ static void alpha_init_libfuncs (void) { if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK) { /* Prevent gcc from generating calls to __divsi3. */ set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SImode, 0); set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, SImode, 0); /* Use the functions provided by the system library for DImode integer division. */ set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DImode, "$sldiv"); set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, DImode, "$uldiv"); } else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS) { /* Use the VMS runtime library functions for division and remainder. */ set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SImode, "OTS$DIV_I"); set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DImode, "OTS$DIV_L"); set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, SImode, "OTS$DIV_UI"); set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, DImode, "OTS$DIV_UL"); set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, SImode, "OTS$REM_I"); set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, DImode, "OTS$REM_L"); set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, SImode, "OTS$REM_UI"); set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, DImode, "OTS$REM_UL"); abort_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("decc$abort"); memcmp_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("decc$memcmp"); #ifdef MEM_LIBFUNCS_INIT MEM_LIBFUNCS_INIT; #endif } } /* Initialize the GCC target structure. */ #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS # undef TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE # define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE vms_attribute_table # undef TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE # define TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE alpha_vms_can_eliminate #endif #undef TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P #define TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P alpha_in_small_data_p #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK # undef TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES # define TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES unicosmk_insert_attributes # undef TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS # define TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS unicosmk_section_type_flags # undef TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION # define TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION unicosmk_unique_section #undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION #define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION default_no_function_rodata_section # undef TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL # define TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr # undef TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK # define TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK unicosmk_must_pass_in_stack #endif #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.word\t" #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.quad\t" /* Default unaligned ops are provided for ELF systems. To get unaligned data for non-ELF systems, we have to turn off auto alignment. */ #if !defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF) || TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS #undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP #define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.align 0\n\t.word\t" #undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP #define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.align 0\n\t.long\t" #undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP #define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.align 0\n\t.quad\t" #endif #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF #undef TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK #define TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK alpha_elf_reloc_rw_mask #undef TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION #define TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION alpha_elf_select_rtx_section #undef TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS #define TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS alpha_elf_section_type_flags #endif #undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE #define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE alpha_output_function_end_prologue #undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS #define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS alpha_init_libfuncs #undef TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS #define TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS alpha_legitimize_address #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START unicosmk_file_start #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END unicosmk_file_end #else #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START alpha_file_start #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE true #endif #undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST #define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST alpha_adjust_cost #undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE #define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE alpha_issue_rate #undef TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD #define TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD \ alpha_multipass_dfa_lookahead #undef TARGET_HAVE_TLS #define TARGET_HAVE_TLS HAVE_AS_TLS #undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS #define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS alpha_init_builtins #undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN #define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN alpha_expand_builtin #undef TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN #define TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN alpha_fold_builtin #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL #define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL alpha_function_ok_for_sibcall #undef TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P #define TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P alpha_cannot_copy_insn_p #undef TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM #define TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM alpha_cannot_force_const_mem #if TARGET_ABI_OSF #undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK #define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK alpha_output_mi_thunk_osf #undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK #define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_true #undef TARGET_STDARG_OPTIMIZE_HOOK #define TARGET_STDARG_OPTIMIZE_HOOK alpha_stdarg_optimize_hook #endif #undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS #define TARGET_RTX_COSTS alpha_rtx_costs #undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST #define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST hook_int_rtx_bool_0 #undef TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG #define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG alpha_reorg #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE #define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE default_promote_function_mode_always_promote #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES #define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES hook_bool_const_tree_false #undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY #define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY alpha_return_in_memory #undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE #define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE alpha_pass_by_reference #undef TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS #define TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS alpha_setup_incoming_varargs #undef TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING #define TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_true #undef TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED #define TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_true #undef TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG #define TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG alpha_split_complex_arg #undef TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR #define TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR alpha_gimplify_va_arg #undef TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES #define TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES alpha_arg_partial_bytes #undef TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT #define TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT alpha_trampoline_init #undef TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD #define TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD alpha_secondary_reload #undef TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P #define TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P alpha_scalar_mode_supported_p #undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P #define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P alpha_vector_mode_supported_p #undef TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST #define TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST alpha_build_builtin_va_list #undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START #define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START alpha_va_start /* The Alpha architecture does not require sequential consistency. See http://www.cs.umd.edu/~pugh/java/memoryModel/AlphaReordering.html for an example of how it can be violated in practice. */ #undef TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING #define TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING true #undef TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS #define TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS \ (TARGET_DEFAULT | TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT | TARGET_DEFAULT_EXPLICIT_RELOCS) #undef TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION #define TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION alpha_handle_option #ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING #undef TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE #define TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE alpha_mangle_type #endif #undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P #define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P alpha_legitimate_address_p struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER; #include "gt-alpha.h"
Go to most recent revision | Compare with Previous | Blame | View Log